bfd/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7c31ae13 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
311
312@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
313 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
314@end ifset
315@ifset HPPA
316@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
317@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
318@ifset I80386
319
320@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 321 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 322 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
323@end ifset
324@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
325
326@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 327@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
328 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
329 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
330 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 331@end ifset
587fe2b3 332@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 333
9e32ca89
NC
334@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
335 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
336 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
337 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 338 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 339 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 340 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
341 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
342@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
343@ifset IP2K
344
345@emph{Target IP2K options:}
346 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
347@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
348@ifset M32C
349
350@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 351 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 352@end ifset
587fe2b3 353@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 354
a4fb0134
SC
355@emph{Target M32R options:}
356 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 357 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 358@end ifset
252b5132 359@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
360
361@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
362 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 363@end ifset
60bcf0fa 364@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 367 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
368 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
369 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 370 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
371 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
372 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
373@end ifset
374@ifset MCORE
375
376@emph{Target MCORE options:}
377 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
378 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 379@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
380@ifset MICROBLAZE
381@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
382@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
383@end ifset
252b5132 384@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
385
386@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 387 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 388 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 389 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
390 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
391 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 392 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 393 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
394 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
395 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 396 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 397 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 398 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 399 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 400 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 401 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 402 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 403 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
404 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
405 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
406 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 407 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 408 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
409@end ifset
410@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
411
412@emph{Target MMIX options:}
413 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
414 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
415 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 416 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
417@end ifset
418@ifset PDP11
419
420@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
421 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
422 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 423 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
424@end ifset
425@ifset PJ
426
427@emph{Target picoJava options:}
428 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
429@end ifset
430@ifset PPC
431
432@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
433 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
434 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
435 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
436 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
437 @b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
438 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
439 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 440 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
441 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
442 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 443 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 444 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 445@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
446@ifset RX
447
448@emph{Target RX options:}
449 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
450 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
451 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
452@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
453@ifset S390
454
455@emph{Target s390 options:}
456 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
457 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
458 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
459@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
460@ifset SCORE
461
462@emph{Target SCORE options:}
463 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
464 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
465 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
466 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
467@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
468@ifset SPARC
469
470@emph{Target SPARC options:}
471@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
472 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
473 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
474 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
475 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
476@end ifset
477@ifset TIC54X
478
479@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 480 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
481 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
482@end ifset
3c9b82ba 483
40b36596
JM
484@ifset TIC6X
485
486@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
487 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
488 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
489 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 490@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
491@ifset TILEGX
492
493@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
494 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}]
495@end ifset
496@ifset TILEPRO
497@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
498@end ifset
40b36596 499
2d8b84ae
SA
500@ifset XTENSA
501
502@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
503 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
504 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
505 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
506 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
507@end ifset
508
3c9b82ba
NC
509@ifset Z80
510
511@emph{Target Z80 options:}
512 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
513 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
514 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
515 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
516 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
517 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
518 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
519@end ifset
520
a4fb0134
SC
521@ifset Z8000
522@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 523@end ifset
e0001a05 524
0285c67d 525@c man end
252b5132
RH
526@end smallexample
527
0285c67d
NC
528@c man begin OPTIONS
529
a4fb0134 530@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 531@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 532
83f10cb2 533@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
534Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
535
a4fb0134 536@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
537@item -ac
538omit false conditionals
539
540@item -ad
541omit debugging directives
542
83f10cb2
NC
543@item -ag
544include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
545
252b5132
RH
546@item -ah
547include high-level source
548
549@item -al
550include assembly
551
552@item -am
553include macro expansions
554
555@item -an
556omit forms processing
557
558@item -as
559include symbols
560
561@item =file
562set the name of the listing file
563@end table
564
565You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
566listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
567the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
568
caa32fe5 569@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
570Begin in alternate macro mode.
571@ifclear man
572@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
573@end ifclear
caa32fe5 574
955974c6
CC
575@item --compress-debug-sections
576Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
577to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
578compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
579
580@item --nocompress-debug-sections
581Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
582
252b5132
RH
583@item -D
584Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
585other assemblers.
586
3d6b762c
JM
587@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
588When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
589information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
590
252b5132
RH
591@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
592Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
593@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
594indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
595value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
596use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
597
598@item -f
599``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
600compiler output).
601
329e276d
NC
602@item -g
603@itemx --gen-debug
604Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
605debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
606ECOFF or DWARF2.
607
252b5132
RH
608@item --gstabs
609Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
610may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
611
05da4302
NC
612@item --gstabs+
613Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
614extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
615debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
616may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
617the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
618
329e276d 619@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 620Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 621may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 622option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 623
21be61f5
L
624@item --size-check=error
625@itemx --size-check=warning
626Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
627
252b5132
RH
628@item --help
629Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
630
ea20a7da
CC
631@item --target-help
632Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
633
252b5132
RH
634@item -I @var{dir}
635Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
636
637@item -J
638Don't warn about signed overflow.
639
640@item -K
641@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
642This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
643@end ifclear
644@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
645Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
646@end ifset
647
648@item -L
649@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
650Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
651system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
652or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
653@ifclear man
654@xref{Symbol Names}.
655@end ifclear
252b5132 656
c3a27914
NC
657@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
658Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
659listing to @var{number}.
660
661@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
662Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
663lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
664
665@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
666Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
667@var{number} bytes.
668
669@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
670Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
671to @var{number} + 1.
672
252b5132 673@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 674Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
675
676@item -R
677Fold the data section into the text section.
678
4bdd3565
NC
679@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
680Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
681@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
682assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
683memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
684requirements at the expense of speed.
685
686@item --reduce-memory-overheads
687This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
688assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
689@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
690
252b5132
RH
691@item --statistics
692Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
693assembly.
694
695@item --strip-local-absolute
696Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
697
698@item -v
699@itemx -version
a4fb0134 700Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
701
702@item --version
a4fb0134 703Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
704
705@item -W
2bdd6cf5 706@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
707Suppress warning messages.
708
2bdd6cf5
GK
709@item --fatal-warnings
710Treat warnings as errors.
711
712@item --warn
713Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
714
252b5132
RH
715@item -w
716Ignored.
717
718@item -x
719Ignored.
720
721@item -Z
722Generate an object file even after errors.
723
724@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
725Standard input, or source files to assemble.
726
727@end table
2a633939
JM
728@c man end
729
730@ifset ALPHA
731
732@ifclear man
733@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
734for an Alpha processor.
735@end ifclear
736
737@ifset man
738@c man begin OPTIONS
739The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
740processor.
741@c man end
742@c man begin INCLUDE
743@include c-alpha.texi
744@c ended inside the included file
745@end ifset
746
747@end ifset
252b5132 748
2a633939 749@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
750@ifset ARC
751The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
752an ARC processor.
753
a4fb0134 754@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
755@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
756This option selects the core processor variant.
757@item -EB | -EL
758Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
759@end table
760@end ifset
761
762@ifset ARM
763The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
764processor family.
765
a4fb0134 766@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 767@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 768Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 769@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 770Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 771@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 772Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
773@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
774Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
775@item -mthumb
776Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 777@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
778Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
779@item -EB | -EL
780Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
781@item -mthumb-interwork
782Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
783ARM code in mind.
784@item -k
785Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
786@end table
787@end ifset
635fb38d 788@c man end
252b5132 789
9982501a 790@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
791
792@ifclear man
793@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
794configured for the Blackfin processor family.
795@end ifclear
796
797@ifset man
798@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
799The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
800the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
801@c man end
802@c man begin INCLUDE
803@include c-bfin.texi
804@c ended inside the included file
805@end ifset
9982501a 806
9982501a
JZ
807@end ifset
808
635fb38d 809@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
810@ifset CRIS
811See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
812@end ifset
813
252b5132
RH
814@ifset D10V
815The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
816a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 817@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
818@cindex D10V optimization
819@cindex optimization, D10V
820@item -O
821Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
822@end table
823@end ifset
824
825@ifset D30V
826The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
827processor.
a4fb0134 828@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
829@cindex D30V optimization
830@cindex optimization, D30V
831@item -O
832Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
833
834@cindex D30V nops
835@item -n
836Warn when nops are generated.
837
838@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
839@item -N
840Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
841@end table
842@end ifset
731caf76
L
843@c man end
844
845@ifset I80386
252b5132 846
731caf76
L
847@ifclear man
848@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
849configured for an i386 processor.
850@end ifclear
851
852@ifset man
853@c man begin OPTIONS
854The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
855an i386 processor.
856@c man end
857@c man begin INCLUDE
858@include c-i386.texi
859@c ended inside the included file
860@end ifset
861
862@end ifset
863
864@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
865@ifset I960
866The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
867Intel 80960 processor.
868
a4fb0134 869@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
870@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
871Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
872
873@item -b
874Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
875
876@item -no-relax
877Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
878error if necessary.
879
880@end table
881@end ifset
882
a40cbfa3
NC
883@ifset IP2K
884The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 885Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
886
887@table @gcctabopt
888
889@item -mip2022ext
890Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
891
892@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 893Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
894just the basic IP2022 ones.
895
896@end table
897@end ifset
898
49f58d10
JB
899@ifset M32C
900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
901Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
902
903@table @gcctabopt
904
905@item -m32c
906Assemble M32C instructions.
907
908@item -m16c
909Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
910
c54b5932
DD
911@item -relax
912Enable support for link-time relaxations.
913
914@item -h-tick-hex
915Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
916
49f58d10
JB
917@end table
918@end ifset
919
ec694b89
NC
920@ifset M32R
921The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 922Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 923
a4fb0134 924@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
925
926@item --m32rx
927Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
928is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
929
930@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
931Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 932encountered.
ec694b89
NC
933
934@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
935Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
936encountered.
ec694b89
NC
937
938@end table
939@end ifset
252b5132
RH
940
941@ifset M680X0
942The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
943Motorola 68000 series.
944
a4fb0134 945@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
946
947@item -l
948Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
949
0285c67d
NC
950@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
951@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
952@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
953Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
954is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
955
956@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
957The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
958The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
959the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
960two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
961coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
962
963@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
964The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
965unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
966
967@end table
968@end ifset
969
e135f41b
NC
970@ifset PDP11
971
972For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
973see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
974
a4fb0134 975@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
976@item -mpic | -mno-pic
977Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 978default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
979
980@item -mall
981@itemx -mall-extensions
982Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
983
984@item -mno-extensions
985Disable all instruction set extensions.
986
987@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
988Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
989
990@item -m@var{cpu}
991Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
992disable all other extensions.
993
994@item -m@var{machine}
995Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
996model, and disable all other extensions.
997@end table
998
999@end ifset
1000
041dd5a9
ILT
1001@ifset PJ
1002The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1003a picoJava processor.
1004
a4fb0134 1005@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1006
1007@cindex PJ endianness
1008@cindex endianness, PJ
1009@cindex big endian output, PJ
1010@item -mb
1011Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1012
1013@cindex little endian output, PJ
1014@item -ml
1015Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1016
1017@end table
1018@end ifset
1019
60bcf0fa
NC
1020@ifset M68HC11
1021The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1022Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1023
a4fb0134 1024@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1025
d01030e6 1026@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1027Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1028defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1029
2f904664
SC
1030@item -mshort
1031Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1032
1033@item -mlong
01642c12 1034Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1035
1036@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1037Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1038
1039@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1040Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1041
1370e33d 1042@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1043Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1044conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1045sub routine.
1046
1370e33d
NC
1047@item -S | --short-branches
1048Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1049when the offset is out of range.
1050
1051@item --strict-direct-mode
1052Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1053when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1054
1055@item --print-insn-syntax
1056Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1057
1058@item --print-opcodes
1059print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1060
1061@item --generate-example
1062print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1063This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1064
1065@end table
1066@end ifset
1067
252b5132 1068@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1069The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1070for the SPARC architecture:
1071
a4fb0134 1072@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1073@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1074@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1075Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1076
1077@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1078@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1079
1080@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1081UltraSPARC extensions.
1082
1083@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1084For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1085equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1086
1087@item -bump
1088Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1089@end table
1090@end ifset
1091
39bec121
TW
1092@ifset TIC54X
1093The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1094architecture.
39bec121 1095
a4fb0134 1096@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1097@item -mfar-mode
1098Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1099extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1100@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1101Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1102@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1103Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1104behaviour in the shell.
1105@end table
1106@end ifset
1107
252b5132
RH
1108@ifset MIPS
1109The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1110a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1111
a4fb0134 1112@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1113@item -G @var{num}
1114This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1115implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1116use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1117
1118@cindex MIPS endianness
1119@cindex endianness, MIPS
1120@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1121@item -EB
1122Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1123
1124@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1125@item -EL
1126Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1127
1128@cindex MIPS ISA
1129@item -mips1
1130@itemx -mips2
1131@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1132@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1133@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1134@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1135@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1136@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1137@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1138Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1139@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1140alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1141@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1142@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1143@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1144correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1145@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1146and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1147ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1148
1149@item -march=@var{CPU}
1150Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1151
1152@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1153Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1154
1155@item -mfix7000
1156@itemx -mno-fix7000
1157Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1158of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1159
ecb4347a
DJ
1160@item -mdebug
1161@itemx -no-mdebug
1162Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1163section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1164
dcd410fe
RO
1165@item -mpdr
1166@itemx -mno-pdr
1167Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1168
437ee9d5
TS
1169@item -mgp32
1170@itemx -mfp32
1171The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1172flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1173all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1174and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1175
1176@item -mips16
1177@itemx -no-mips16
1178Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1179@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1180turns off this option.
252b5132 1181
df58fc94
RS
1182@item -mmicromips
1183@itemx -mno-micromips
1184Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1185@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1186turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1187at the start of the assembly file.
1188
e16bfa71
TS
1189@item -msmartmips
1190@itemx -mno-smartmips
1191Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1192equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1193@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1194
1f25f5d3
CD
1195@item -mips3d
1196@itemx -no-mips3d
1197Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1198This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1199@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1200
deec1734
CD
1201@item -mdmx
1202@itemx -no-mdmx
1203Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1204This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1205@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1206
2ef2b9ae
CF
1207@item -mdsp
1208@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1209Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1210This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1211@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1212
8b082fb1
TS
1213@item -mdspr2
1214@itemx -mno-dspr2
1215Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1216This option implies -mdsp.
1217This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1218@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1219
ef2e4d86
CF
1220@item -mmt
1221@itemx -mno-mt
1222Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1223This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1224@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1225
437ee9d5
TS
1226@item --construct-floats
1227@itemx --no-construct-floats
1228The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1229double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1230value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1231the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1232selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1233
1234@cindex emulation
1235@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1236This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1237for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1238between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1239debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1240endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1241@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1242@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1243of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1244the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1245in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1246selection in any case.
1247
1248This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1249@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1250Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1251@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1252the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1253configuration includes support for both.
1254
1255Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1256fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1257more processors.
1258
1259@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1260@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1261the native tools.
1262
252b5132
RH
1263@item --trap
1264@itemx --no-trap
1265@itemx --break
1266@itemx --no-break
1267Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1268@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1269(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1270@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1271break exception.
63486801
L
1272
1273@item -n
a4fb0134 1274When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1275time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1276@end table
1277@end ifset
1278
1279@ifset MCORE
1280The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1281an MCore processor.
1282
a4fb0134 1283@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1284@item -jsri2bsr
1285@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1286Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1287The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1288
1289@item -sifilter
1290@itemx -nosifilter
1291Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1292The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1293
1294@item -relax
1295Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1296
ec694b89
NC
1297@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1298Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1299can be assembled.
1300
1301@item -EB
1302Assemble for a big endian target.
1303
1304@item -EL
1305Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1306
1307@end table
1308@end ifset
1309
3c3bdf30
NC
1310@ifset MMIX
1311See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1312@end ifset
1313
635fb38d 1314@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1315@ifset PPC
1316
1317@ifclear man
1318@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1319for a PowerPC processor.
1320@end ifclear
1321
1322@ifset man
1323@c man begin OPTIONS
1324The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1325PowerPC processor.
1326@c man end
1327@c man begin INCLUDE
1328@include c-ppc.texi
1329@c ended inside the included file
1330@end ifset
1331
1332@end ifset
1333
635fb38d 1334@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1335@ifset RX
1336See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1337@end ifset
1338
11c19e16
MS
1339@ifset S390
1340The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1341processor family.
1342
1343@table @gcctabopt
1344@item -m31
1345@itemx -m64
1346Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1347@item -mesa
1348@item -mzarch
1349Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1350Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1351@item -march=@var{processor}
1352Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1353@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1354@item -mregnames
1355@itemx -mno-regnames
1356Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1357@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1358Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1359but evaluates to zero.
1360@end table
1361@end ifset
2a633939 1362@c man end
11c19e16 1363
40b36596 1364@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1365
1366@ifclear man
1367@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1368for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1369@end ifclear
1370
1371@ifset man
1372@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1373The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1374TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1375@c man end
1376@c man begin INCLUDE
1377@include c-tic6x.texi
1378@c ended inside the included file
1379@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1380
1381@end ifset
1382
aa137e4d
NC
1383@ifset TILEGX
1384
1385@ifclear man
1386@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1387for a TILE-Gx processor.
1388@end ifclear
1389
1390@ifset man
1391@c man begin OPTIONS
1392The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1393processor.
1394@c man end
1395@c man begin INCLUDE
1396@include c-tilegx.texi
1397@c ended inside the included file
1398@end ifset
1399
1400@end ifset
1401
e0001a05 1402@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1403
2d8b84ae
SA
1404@ifclear man
1405@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1406for an Xtensa processor.
1407@end ifclear
1408
1409@ifset man
1410@c man begin OPTIONS
1411The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1412Xtensa processor.
1413@c man end
1414@c man begin INCLUDE
1415@include c-xtensa.texi
1416@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1417@end ifset
1418
2d8b84ae
SA
1419@end ifset
1420
1421@c man begin OPTIONS
1422
3c9b82ba
NC
1423@ifset Z80
1424The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1425a Z80 family processor.
1426@table @gcctabopt
1427@item -z80
1428Assemble for Z80 processor.
1429@item -r800
1430Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1431@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1432@itemx -Wnud
1433Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1434@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1435@itemx -Wnup
1436Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1437@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1438@itemx -Wud
1439Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1440@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1441@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1442Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1443@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1444@itemx -Fud
1445Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1446@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1447@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1448Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1449@end table
1450@end ifset
1451
0285c67d
NC
1452@c man end
1453
252b5132
RH
1454@menu
1455* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1456* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1457* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1458* Command Line:: Command Line
1459* Input Files:: Input Files
1460* Object:: Output (Object) File
1461* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1462@end menu
1463
1464@node Manual
1465@section Structure of this Manual
1466
1467@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1468This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1469@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1470notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1471@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1472
1473@ifclear GENERIC
1474We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1475configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1476@end ifclear
1477@ifset GENERIC
1478This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1479various flavors of the assembler.
1480@end ifset
1481
1482@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1483On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1484to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1485In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1486architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1487mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1488particular architecture.
1489@ifset GENERIC
1490You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1491machine architecture manual for this information.
1492@end ifset
1493@ifclear GENERIC
1494@ifset H8/300
1495For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1496Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1497Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1498@end ifset
252b5132 1499@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1500For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1501see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1502@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1503@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1504@end ifset
1505@ifset Z8000
1506For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1507@end ifset
1508@end ifclear
1509
1510@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1511@ignore
1512Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1513the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1514Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1515computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1516once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1517qualification.
1518
a4fb0134 1519@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1520human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1521computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1522@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1523@end ignore
1524
1525@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1526@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1527@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1528@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1529@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1530@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1531@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1532@c directives).
1533
1534@node GNU Assembler
1535@section The GNU Assembler
1536
0285c67d
NC
1537@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1538
a4fb0134 1539@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1540@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1541This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1542configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1543@end ifclear
1544If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1545should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1546architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1547including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1548@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1549
1550@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1551@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1552@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1553@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1554assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1555machine would assemble.
1556@ifset VAX
1557Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1558@end ifset
1559@ifset M680X0
1560@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1561@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1562This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1563assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1564incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1565@end ifset
1566
0285c67d
NC
1567@c man end
1568
a4fb0134 1569Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1570program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1571@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1572
1573@node Object Formats
1574@section Object File Formats
1575
1576@cindex object file format
1577The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1578object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1579write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1580are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1581Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1582@ifclear GENERIC
1583@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1584For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1585@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1586@end ifclear
1587@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1588@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1589On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1590@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1591@end ifset
1592@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1593On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1594SOM or ELF format object files.
1595@end ifset
1596@end ifclear
1597
1598@node Command Line
1599@section Command Line
1600
1601@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1602
a4fb0134 1603After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1604options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1605before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1606significant.
1607
1608@cindex standard input, as input file
1609@kindex --
1610@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1611explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1612
1613@cindex options, command line
1614Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1615hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1616@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1617option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1618the letter is important. All options are optional.
1619
1620Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1621name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1622with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1623standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1624
1625@smallexample
1626@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1627@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1628@end smallexample
1629
1630@node Input Files
1631@section Input Files
1632
1633@cindex input
1634@cindex source program
1635@cindex files, input
1636We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1637describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1638be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1639doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1640
1641@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1642@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1643The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1644order specified.
1645
0285c67d 1646@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1647Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1648program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1649(The standard input is also a file.)
1650
a4fb0134 1651You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1652names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1653command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1654is taken to be an input file name.
1655
a4fb0134
SC
1656If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1657from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1658may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1659to assemble.
1660
1661Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1662in your command line.
1663
a4fb0134 1664If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1665file.
1666
0285c67d
NC
1667@c man end
1668
252b5132
RH
1669@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1670
1671@cindex input file linenumbers
1672@cindex line numbers, in input files
1673There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1674either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1675number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1676``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1677
1678@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1679to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1680
1681@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1682directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1683error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1684is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1685@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1686@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1687
1688@node Object
1689@section Output (Object) File
1690
1691@cindex object file
1692@cindex output file
1693@kindex a.out
1694@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1695Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1696your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1697is the object file. Its default name is
1698@ifclear BOUT
1699@code{a.out}.
1700@end ifclear
1701@ifset BOUT
1702@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1703@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1704@end ifset
a4fb0134 1705@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1706@end ifset
a4fb0134 1707You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1708object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1709reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1710directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1711possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1712
1713@cindex linker
1714@kindex ld
1715The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1716assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1717the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1718information for the debugger.
1719
1720@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1721@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1722
1723@node Errors
1724@section Error and Warning Messages
1725
0285c67d
NC
1726@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1727
a349d9dd 1728@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1729@cindex warning messages
1730@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1731@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1732file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1733runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1734that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1735grave problem that stops the assembly.
1736
0285c67d
NC
1737@c man end
1738
252b5132
RH
1739@cindex format of warning messages
1740Warning messages have the format
1741
1742@smallexample
1743file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1744@end smallexample
1745
1746@noindent
1747@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1748(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1749(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1750the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1751@ifset GENERIC
1752(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1753@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1754then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1755otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1756message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1757tradition).
1758
1759@cindex format of error messages
1760Error messages have the format
1761@smallexample
1762file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1763@end smallexample
1764The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1765messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1766because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1767
1768@node Invoking
1769@chapter Command-Line Options
1770
1771@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1772This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1773versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1774for options specific
252b5132 1775@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1776to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1777@end ifclear
1778@ifset GENERIC
1779to particular machine architectures.
1780@end ifset
1781
0285c67d
NC
1782@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1783
c1253627 1784If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1785you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1786The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1787by commas. For example:
1788
1789@smallexample
1790gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1791@end smallexample
1792
1793@noindent
1794This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1795standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1796local symbols in the symbol table).
1797
1798Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1799command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1800(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1801precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1802assembler.)
1803
0285c67d
NC
1804@c man end
1805
252b5132 1806@menu
83f10cb2 1807* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1808* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1809* D:: -D for compatibility
1810* f:: -f to work faster
1811* I:: -I for .include search path
1812@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1813* K:: -K for compatibility
1814@end ifclear
1815@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1816* K:: -K for difference tables
1817@end ifset
1818
ba83aca1 1819* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1820* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1821* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1822* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1823* o:: -o to name the object file
1824* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1825* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1826* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1827* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1828* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1829* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1830@end menu
1831
1832@node a
83f10cb2 1833@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1834
1835@kindex -a
1836@kindex -ac
1837@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1838@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1839@kindex -ah
1840@kindex -al
1841@kindex -an
1842@kindex -as
1843@cindex listings, enabling
1844@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1845
1846These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1847@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1848You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1849@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1850@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1851@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1852High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1853@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1854also.
1855
83f10cb2
NC
1856Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1857information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1858
252b5132
RH
1859Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1860which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1861other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1862omitted from the listing.
1863
1864Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1865listing.
1866
1867Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1868listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1869@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1870@code{.sbttl}.
1871The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1872If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1873listing-control directives have no effect.
1874
1875The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1876@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1877
96e9638b
BW
1878Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1879because it
c3a27914
NC
1880is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1881is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1882directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1883stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1884memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1885
caa32fe5
NC
1886@node alternate
1887@section @option{--alternate}
1888
1889@kindex --alternate
1890Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1891
252b5132 1892@node D
a4fb0134 1893@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1894
1895@kindex -D
1896This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1897likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1898@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1899
1900@node f
a4fb0134 1901@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1902
1903@kindex -f
1904@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1905@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1906@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1907(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1908and comment preprocessing on
1909the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1910,Preprocessing}.
1911
1912@quotation
1913@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1914preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1915not work correctly.
1916@end quotation
1917
1918@node I
c1253627 1919@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1920
1921@kindex -I @var{path}
1922@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1923@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1924@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1925Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1926@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1927directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1928many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1929working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1930searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1931specified (left to right) on the command line.
1932
1933@node K
a4fb0134 1934@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1935
1936@kindex -K
1937@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1938On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1939permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1940where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1941generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1942family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1943alteration on other platforms.
1944@end ifclear
1945
1946@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1947@cindex difference tables, warning
1948@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1949@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1950form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1951You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1952is done.
1953@end ifset
1954
1955@node L
ba83aca1 1956@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1957
1958@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1959@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1960Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1961@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1962called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1963such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1964programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1965notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1966such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1967
1968This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1969in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1970@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1971
c3a27914 1972@node listing
a4fb0134 1973@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1974
1975The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1976@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1977hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1978them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1979directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1980@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1981@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1982@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1983
a4fb0134 1984@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1985@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1986@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1987@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1988Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1989dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1990
1991@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1992@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1993@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1994Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1995a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1996the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1997switch is used the default is to one.
1998
1999@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2000@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2001@cindex Width of source line output
2002Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2003alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2004source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2005
2006@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2007@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2008@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2009Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2010displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2011@end table
2012
252b5132 2013@node M
a4fb0134 2014@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2015
2016@kindex -M
2017@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2018The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2019changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2020compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2021configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2022MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2023information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2024arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2025assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2026
2027The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2028depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2029file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2030individually. These are:
2031
2032@itemize @bullet
2033@item global symbols in common section
2034
2035The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2036Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2037common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2038symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2039symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2040
2041@item complex relocations
2042
2043The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2044relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2045are not support by other object file formats.
2046
2047@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2048
2049The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2050This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2051instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2052script.
2053
2054@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2055
2056The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2057name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2058
2059@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2060
2061The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2062address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2063which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2064not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2065assigned within a linker script.
2066@end itemize
2067
2068There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2069@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2070seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2071
2072@itemize @bullet
2073
2074@item EBCDIC strings
2075
2076EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2077
2078@item packed binary coded decimal
2079
2080Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2081and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2082
2083@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2084
2085The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2086
2087@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2088
2089The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2090
2091@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2092
2093The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2094@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2095relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2096these options serve no purpose.
2097
2098@item @code{OPT} list control options
2099
2100The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2101@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2102@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2103
2104@item other @code{OPT} options
2105
2106The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2107@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2108
2109@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2110
2111The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2112@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2113
2114@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2115
2116The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2117
2118@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2119
2120The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2121
2122@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2123
2124The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2125
2126@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2127
2128The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2129
2130@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2131
2132The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2133
2134@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2135
2136The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2137
2138@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2139
2140The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2141
2142@end itemize
2143
2144@node MD
c1253627 2145@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2146
2147@kindex --MD
2148@cindex dependency tracking
2149@cindex make rules
2150
a4fb0134 2151@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2152file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2153dependencies of the main source file.
2154
2155The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2156
2157This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2158
2159@node o
a4fb0134 2160@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2161
2162@kindex -o
2163@cindex naming object file
2164@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2165There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2166default it has the name
2167@ifset GENERIC
2168@ifset I960
2169@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2170@end ifset
2171@ifclear I960
2172@file{a.out}.
2173@end ifclear
2174@end ifset
2175@ifclear GENERIC
2176@ifset I960
2177@file{b.out}.
2178@end ifset
2179@ifclear I960
2180@file{a.out}.
2181@end ifclear
2182@end ifclear
2183You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2184object file a different name.
2185
a4fb0134 2186Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2187existing file of the same name.
2188
2189@node R
a4fb0134 2190@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2191
2192@kindex -R
2193@cindex data and text sections, joining
2194@cindex text and data sections, joining
2195@cindex joining text and data sections
2196@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2197@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2198data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2199the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2200section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2201your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2202appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2203
a4fb0134 2204When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2205address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2206data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2207older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2208
c1253627
NC
2209@ifset COFF-ELF
2210When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2211this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2212@samp{.data}.
2213@end ifset
2214
2215@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2216@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2217@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2218@end ifset
2219
2220@node statistics
a4fb0134 2221@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2222
2223@kindex --statistics
2224@cindex statistics, about assembly
2225@cindex time, total for assembly
2226@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2227Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2228@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2229(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2230seconds).
2231
2232@node traditional-format
c1253627 2233@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2234
2235@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2236For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2237from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2238@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2239
2240For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2241@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2242
2243@node v
a4fb0134 2244@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2245
2246@kindex -v
2247@kindex -version
2248@cindex assembler version
2249@cindex version of assembler
2250You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2251option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2252command line.
2253
2254@node W
a4fb0134 2255@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2256
a4fb0134 2257@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2258assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2259cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2260made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2261
c1253627
NC
2262@kindex -W
2263@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2264@cindex suppressing warnings
2265@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2266If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2267This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2268how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2269are still reported.
2270
c1253627 2271@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2272@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2273@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2274If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2275files that generate warnings to be in error.
2276
c1253627 2277@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2278@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2279You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2280causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2281
2282@node Z
a4fb0134 2283@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2284@cindex object file, after errors
2285@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2286After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2287some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2288@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2289option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2290writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2291errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2292
2293@node Syntax
2294@chapter Syntax
2295
2296@cindex machine-independent syntax
2297@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2298This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2299source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2300assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2301@ifclear VAX
2302assembler.
2303@end ifclear
2304@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2305assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2306@end ifset
2307
2308@menu
7c31ae13 2309* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2310* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2311* Comments:: Comments
2312* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2313* Statements:: Statements
2314* Constants:: Constants
2315@end menu
2316
2317@node Preprocessing
2318@section Preprocessing
2319
2320@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2321The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2322@itemize @bullet
2323@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2324@item
2325adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2326the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2327a single space.
2328
2329@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2330@item
2331removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2332appropriate number of newlines.
2333
2334@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2335@item
2336converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2337@end itemize
2338
2339It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2340anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2341do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2342(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2343to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2344@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2345Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2346
2347Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2348cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2349preprocessed.
2350
2351@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2352@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2353@kindex #NO_APP
2354@kindex #APP
2355If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2356@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2357Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2358specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2359text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2360@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2361@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2362and whitespace.
2363
2364@node Whitespace
2365@section Whitespace
2366
2367@cindex whitespace
2368@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2369Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2370people to read. Unless within character constants
2371(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2372as exactly one space.
2373
2374@node Comments
2375@section Comments
2376
2377@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2378There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2379cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2380
2381Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2382This means you may not nest these comments.
2383
2384@smallexample
2385/*
2386 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2387 is to use this sort of comment.
2388*/
2389
2390/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2391@end smallexample
2392
2393@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2394Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2395considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2396specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2397line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2398line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2399comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2400upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2401@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2402
2403If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2404special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2405to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2406
2407@kindex #
2408@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2409@cindex logical line numbers
2410To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2411special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2412expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2413line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2414new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2415
2416If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2417the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2418
2419@smallexample
2420 # This is an ordinary comment.
2421# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2422 # This is logical line # 36.
2423@end smallexample
2424This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2425of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2426
2427@node Symbol Intro
2428@section Symbols
2429
2430@cindex characters used in symbols
2431@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2432A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2433letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2434@samp{_.$}.
2435@end ifclear
2436@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2437@ifclear GENERIC
2438@ifset H8
2439A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2440letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2441@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2442symbol names.)
2443@end ifset
2444@end ifclear
2445@end ifset
2446@ifset GENERIC
2447On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2448are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2449@end ifset
2450No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2451There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2452delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2453(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2454not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2455@cindex length of symbols
2456
2457@node Statements
2458@section Statements
2459
2460@cindex statements, structure of
2461@cindex line separator character
2462@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2463
2464A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2465@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2466specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2467target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2468The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2469preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2470exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2471
2472@cindex newline, required at file end
2473@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2474It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2475character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2476
2477An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2478
2479@cindex instructions and directives
2480@cindex directives and instructions
2481@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2482@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2483@c 13feb91.
2484A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2485key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2486symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2487symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2488directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2489a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2490assembles into a machine language instruction.
2491@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2492Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2493recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2494represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2495language.@refill
2496@end ifset
2497
2498@cindex @code{:} (label)
2499@cindex label (@code{:})
2500A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2501Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2502have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2503
2504@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2505For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2506the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2507only one label may be defined on each line.
2508@end ifset
2509
2510@smallexample
2511label: .directive followed by something
2512another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2513 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2514@end smallexample
2515
2516@node Constants
2517@section Constants
2518
2519@cindex constants
2520A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2521inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2522@smallexample
2523@group
2524.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2525.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2526.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2527.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
252895028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2529@end group
2530@end smallexample
2531
2532@menu
2533* Characters:: Character Constants
2534* Numbers:: Number Constants
2535@end menu
2536
2537@node Characters
2538@subsection Character Constants
2539
2540@cindex character constants
2541@cindex constants, character
2542There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2543for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2544numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2545@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2546used in arithmetic expressions.
2547
2548@menu
2549* Strings:: Strings
2550* Chars:: Characters
2551@end menu
2552
2553@node Strings
2554@subsubsection Strings
2555
2556@cindex string constants
2557@cindex constants, string
2558A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2559double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2560into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2561a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2562one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2563@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2564(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2565escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2566
2567@cindex escape codes, character
2568@cindex character escape codes
2569@table @kbd
2570@c @item \a
2571@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2572@c
2573@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2574@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2575@item \b
2576Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2577
2578@c @item \e
2579@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2580@c
2581@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2582@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2583@item \f
2584Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2585
2586@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2587@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2588@item \n
2589Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2590
2591@c @item \p
2592@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2593@c
2594@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2595@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2596@item \r
2597Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2598
2599@c @item \s
2600@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2601@c other assemblers.
2602@c
2603@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2604@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2605@item \t
2606Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2607
2608@c @item \v
2609@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2610@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2611@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2612@c
2613@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2614@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2615@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2616An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2617For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2618for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2619
2620@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2621@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2622@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2623A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2624lower case @code{x} works.
2625
2626@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2627@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2628@item \\
2629Represents one @samp{\} character.
2630
2631@c @item \'
2632@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2633@c This is needed in single character literals
2634@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2635@c a @samp{'}.
2636@c
2637@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2638@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2639@item \"
2640Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2641this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2642
2643@item \ @var{anything-else}
2644Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2645assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2646you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2647interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2648other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2649code and warns you of the fact.
2650@end table
2651
2652Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2653varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2654the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2655compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2656sequence.
2657
2658@node Chars
2659@subsubsection Characters
2660
2661@cindex single character constant
2662@cindex character, single
2663@cindex constant, single character
2664A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2665followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2666to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2667must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2668@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2669grave accent. A newline
2670@ifclear GENERIC
2671@ifclear abnormal-separator
2672(or semicolon @samp{;})
2673@end ifclear
2674@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2675@ifset H8
2676(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2677Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2678@end ifset
2679@end ifset
2680@end ifclear
2681immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2682and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2683constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2684that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2685@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2686
2687@node Numbers
2688@subsection Number Constants
2689
2690@cindex constants, number
2691@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2692@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2693are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2694would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2695integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2696are floating point numbers, described below.
2697
2698@menu
2699* Integers:: Integers
2700* Bignums:: Bignums
2701* Flonums:: Flonums
2702@ifclear GENERIC
2703@ifset I960
2704* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2705@end ifset
2706@end ifclear
2707@end menu
2708
2709@node Integers
2710@subsubsection Integers
2711@cindex integers
2712@cindex constants, integer
2713
2714@cindex binary integers
2715@cindex integers, binary
2716A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2717the binary digits @samp{01}.
2718
2719@cindex octal integers
2720@cindex integers, octal
2721An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2722digits (@samp{01234567}).
2723
2724@cindex decimal integers
2725@cindex integers, decimal
2726A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2727more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2728
2729@cindex hexadecimal integers
2730@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2731A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2732more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2733
2734Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2735the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2736(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2737
2738@node Bignums
2739@subsubsection Bignums
2740
2741@cindex bignums
2742@cindex constants, bignum
2743A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2744except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2745represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2746integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2747
2748@node Flonums
2749@subsubsection Flonums
2750@cindex flonums
2751@cindex floating point numbers
2752@cindex constants, floating point
2753
2754@cindex precision, floating point
2755A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2756indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2757@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2758sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2759to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2760portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2761
2762A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2763@itemize @bullet
2764@item
2765The digit @samp{0}.
2766@ifset HPPA
2767(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2768@end ifset
2769
2770@item
a4fb0134 2771A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2772@ifset GENERIC
2773@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2774@ignore
2775@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2776(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27774.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2778@end ignore
2779
7be1c489 2780On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2781and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2782one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2783
2784On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2785(in upper or lower case).
2786
2787On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2788one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2789
2790On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2791@end ifset
2792@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2793@ifset ARC
2794One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2795@end ifset
2796@ifset H8
2797One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2798@end ifset
2799@ifset HPPA
2800The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2801@end ifset
2802@ifset I960
2803One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2804@end ifset
2805@end ifclear
2806
2807@item
2808An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2809
2810@item
2811An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2812
2813@item
2814An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2815or more decimal digits.
2816
2817@item
2818An optional exponent, consisting of:
2819
2820@itemize @bullet
2821@item
2822An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2823@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2824@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2825@item
2826Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2827@item
2828One or more decimal digits.
2829@end itemize
2830
2831@end itemize
2832
2833At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2834present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2835
a4fb0134 2836@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2837independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2838@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2839
2840@ifclear GENERIC
2841@ifset I960
2842@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2843@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2844@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2845@node Bit Fields
2846@subsubsection Bit Fields
2847
2848@cindex bit fields
2849@cindex constants, bit field
2850You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2851Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2852@example
2853@var{mask}:@var{value}
2854@end example
2855@noindent
a4fb0134 2856@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2857@var{value}.
2858
2859The resulting number is then packed
2860@ifset GENERIC
2861@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2862(in host-dependent byte order)
2863@end ifset
2864into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2865bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2866requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2867more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2868least significant digits.@refill
2869
2870The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2871@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2872@end ifset
2873@end ifclear
2874
2875@node Sections
2876@chapter Sections and Relocation
2877@cindex sections
2878@cindex relocation
2879
2880@menu
2881* Secs Background:: Background
2882* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2883* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2884* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2885* bss:: bss Section
2886@end menu
2887
2888@node Secs Background
2889@section Background
2890
2891Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2892``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2893For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2894
2895@cindex linker, and assembler
2896@cindex assembler, and linker
2897The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2898combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2899emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2900@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2901different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2902oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2903sections.
2904
2905@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2906addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2907units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2908within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2909run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2910the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2911the proper run-time addresses.
2912@ifset H8
7be1c489 2913For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2914@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2915ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2916@end ifset
2917
2918@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2919An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2920of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2921@dfn{bss} sections.
2922
c1253627 2923@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2924@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2925When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2926@end ifset
a4fb0134 2927@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2928using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2929If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2930or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2931@end ifset
2932
2933@ifset HPPA
2934@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2935When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2936@end ifset
a4fb0134 2937@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2938specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2939@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2940(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2941assembler directives.
2942
2943@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2944Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2945text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2946is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2947BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2948@end ifset
2949@end ifset
2950
2951Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2952data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2953
2954@ifset HPPA
2955When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2956section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2957@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2958@end ifset
2959
2960To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2961relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2962object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2963@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2964file is mentioned:
2965@itemize @bullet
2966@item
2967Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2968an address?
2969@item
2970How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2971@item
2972Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2973@display
2974(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2975@end display
2976@item
2977Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2978@end itemize
2979
2980@cindex addresses, format of
2981@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2982In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2983@display
2984(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2985@end display
2986@noindent
a4fb0134 2987Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2988nature.
2989@ifset SOM
2990(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2991symbol-relative instead.)
2992@end ifset
2993
2994In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2995@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2996
2997Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2998@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2999addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3000@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3001@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3002data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3003their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3004part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3005address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3006
3007The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3008address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3009rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3010Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3011address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3012common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3013time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3014
3015By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3016the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3017sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3018customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3019the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3020data and bss sections.
3021
3022Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3023use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3024
3025@node Ld Sections
3026@section Linker Sections
3027@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3028
3029@table @strong
3030
c1253627 3031@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3032@cindex named sections
3033@cindex sections, named
3034@item named sections
3035@end ifset
3036@ifset aout-bout
3037@cindex text section
3038@cindex data section
3039@itemx text section
3040@itemx data section
3041@end ifset
a4fb0134 3042These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3043separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3044true of another.
3045@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3046When the program is running, however, it is
3047customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3048text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3049instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3050program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3051in the data section.
c1253627 3052@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3053
3054@cindex bss section
3055@item bss section
3056This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3057is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3058each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3059out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3060bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3061those explicit zeros from object files.
3062
3063@cindex absolute section
3064@item absolute section
3065Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3066This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3067not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3068addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3069
3070@cindex undefined section
3071@item undefined section
3072This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3073the preceding sections.
3074@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3075@end table
3076
3077@cindex relocation example
3078An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3079@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3080The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3081@end ifset
3082Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3083
3084@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3085@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3086@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3087@smallexample
3088 +-----+----+--+
3089partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3090 +-----+----+--+
3091
3092 text data bss
3093 seg. seg. seg.
3094
3095 +---+---+---+
3096partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3097 +---+---+---+
3098
3099 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3100linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3101 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3102
3103 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3104@end smallexample
3105@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3106@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3107@need 5000
3108@tex
c1253627 3109\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3110\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3111\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3112\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3113
3114\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3115\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3116\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3117
3118\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3119\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3120\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3121ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3122DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3123
3124\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3125\line{0\dots\hfil}
3126
3127@end tex
3128@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3129
3130@node As Sections
3131@section Assembler Internal Sections
3132
3133@cindex internal assembler sections
3134@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3135These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3136have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3137sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3138warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3139meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3140value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3141section-relative address.
3142
3143@table @b
3144@cindex assembler internal logic error
3145@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3146An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3147bug in the assembler.
3148
3149@cindex expr (internal section)
3150@item expr section
3151The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3152symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3153it in the expr section.
3154@c FIXME item debug
3155@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3156@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3157@c FIXME item register
3158@end table
3159
3160@node Sub-Sections
3161@section Sub-Sections
3162
3163@cindex numbered subsections
3164@cindex grouping data
3165@ifset aout-bout
3166Assembled bytes
c1253627 3167@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3168conventionally
3169@end ifset
3170fall into two sections: text and data.
3171@end ifset
3172You may have separate groups of
3173@ifset GENERIC
3174data in named sections
3175@end ifset
3176@ifclear GENERIC
3177@ifclear aout-bout
3178data in named sections
3179@end ifclear
3180@ifset aout-bout
3181text or data
3182@end ifset
3183@end ifclear
3184that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3185are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3186use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3187numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3188same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3189subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3190section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3191assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3192section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3193constants being output.
3194
3195Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3196goes in subsection number zero.
3197
3198@ifset GENERIC
3199Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3200(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3201of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3202@end ifset
3203@ifclear GENERIC
3204@ifset H8
7be1c489 3205On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3206boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3207The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3208@end ifset
3209@ifset I960
3210@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3211@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3212@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3213@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3214@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3215@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3216@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3217@end ifclear
3218
3219Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3220to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3221The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3222other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3223They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3224data subsections as a data section.
3225
3226To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3227into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3228@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3229@ifset COFF
252b5132 3230@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3231When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3232@end ifset
3233@ifclear GENERIC
3234You
3235@end ifclear
3236can also use an extra subsection
3237argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3238@var{expression}}.
3239@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3240@ifset ELF
3241@ifset GENERIC
3242When generating ELF output, you
3243@end ifset
3244@ifclear GENERIC
3245You
3246@end ifclear
3247can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3248to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3249@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3250@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3251(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3252is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3253begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3254@smallexample
3255.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3256.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3257.text 1
3258.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3259.data 0
3260.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3261.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3262.text 0
3263.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3264.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3265@end smallexample
3266
3267Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3268assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3269restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3270counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3271@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3272current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3273assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3274
3275@node bss
3276@section bss Section
3277
3278@cindex bss section
3279@cindex common variable storage
3280The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3281You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3282not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3283your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3284section are zeroed bytes.
3285
3286The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3287@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3288
3289The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3290another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3291
3292@ifset GENERIC
3293When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3294COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3295see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3296section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3297@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3298@end ifset
3299
3300@node Symbols
3301@chapter Symbols
3302
3303@cindex symbols
3304Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3305things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3306to debug.
3307
3308@quotation
3309@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3310@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3311the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3312@end quotation
3313
3314@menu
3315* Labels:: Labels
3316* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3317* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3318* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3319* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3320@end menu
3321
3322@node Labels
3323@section Labels
3324
3325@cindex labels
3326A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3327@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3328active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3329operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3330different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3331definitions.
3332
3333@ifset HPPA
3334On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3335colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3336a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3337provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3338@end ifset
3339
3340@node Setting Symbols
3341@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3342
3343@cindex assigning values to symbols
3344@cindex symbol values, assigning
3345A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3346by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3347(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3348directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3349equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3350@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3351
f8739b83
JZ
3352@ifset Blackfin
3353Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3354@end ifset
3355
252b5132
RH
3356@node Symbol Names
3357@section Symbol Names
3358
3359@cindex symbol names
3360@cindex names, symbol
3361@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3362Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3363machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3364noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3365string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3366particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3367@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3368@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3369@ifset H8
3370Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3371Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3372character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3373on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3374@end ifset
3375@end ifset
3376
3377Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3378than @code{Foo}.
3379
3380Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3381refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3382in a program.
3383
3384@subheading Local Symbol Names
3385
3386@cindex local symbol names
3387@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3388A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3389By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3390@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3391set of local label prefixes.
3392@ifset HPPA
3393On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3394@end ifset
3395
3396Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3397normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3398You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3399@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3400
3401@subheading Local Labels
3402
3403@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3404@cindex temporary symbol names
3405@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3406Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3407They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3408the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3409To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3410represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3411definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3412you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3413@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3414for ``forwards''.
3415
3416There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3417too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3418the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3419defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3420definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3421noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3422implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3423
3424Here is an example:
3425
3426@smallexample
34271: branch 1f
34282: branch 1b
34291: branch 2f
34302: branch 1b
3431@end smallexample
3432
3433Which is the equivalent of:
3434
3435@smallexample
3436label_1: branch label_3
3437label_2: branch label_1
3438label_3: branch label_4
3439label_4: branch label_3
3440@end smallexample
3441
ba83aca1 3442Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3443transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3444The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3445are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3446these parts:
252b5132
RH
3447
3448@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3449@item @emph{local label prefix}
3450All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3451Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3452that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3453used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3454@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3455object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3456you may use them in debugging.
3457
2d5aaba0
NC
3458@item @var{number}
3459This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3460label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3461
2d5aaba0
NC
3462@item @kbd{C-B}
3463This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3464of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3465
3466@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3467This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3468@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3469number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3470the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3471@end table
3472
ba83aca1
BW
3473So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3474the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3475
3476@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3477@cindex dollar local symbols
3478
3479@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3480dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3481soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3482region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3483scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3484the same local label.
3485
3486Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3487except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3488@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3489
3490They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3491names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3492to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3493@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3494
3495@node Dot
3496@section The Special Dot Symbol
3497
3498@cindex dot (symbol)
3499@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3500@cindex current address
3501@cindex location counter
3502The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3503@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3504.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3505Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3506directive.
252b5132 3507@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3508Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3509@samp{.space 4}.
3510@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3511
3512@node Symbol Attributes
3513@section Symbol Attributes
3514
3515@cindex symbol attributes
3516@cindex attributes, symbol
3517Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3518``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3519attributes.
3520@ifset INTERNALS
3521The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3522@end ifset
3523
a4fb0134 3524If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3525all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3526symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3527would want.
3528
3529@menu
3530* Symbol Value:: Value
3531* Symbol Type:: Type
3532@ifset aout-bout
3533@ifset GENERIC
3534* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3535@end ifset
3536@ifclear GENERIC
3537@ifclear BOUT
3538* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3539@end ifclear
3540@ifset BOUT
3541* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3542@end ifset
3543@end ifclear
3544@end ifset
3545@ifset COFF
3546* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3547@end ifset
3548@ifset SOM
3549* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3550@end ifset
3551@end menu
3552
3553@node Symbol Value
3554@subsection Value
3555
3556@cindex value of a symbol
3557@cindex symbol value
3558The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3559location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3560number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3561Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3562as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3563symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3564called absolute.
3565
3566The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35670 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3568@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3569same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3570name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3571common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3572bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3573allocated storage.
3574
3575@node Symbol Type
3576@subsection Type
3577
3578@cindex type of a symbol
3579@cindex symbol type
3580The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3581information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3582(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3583format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3584
3585@ifset aout-bout
3586@ifclear GENERIC
3587@ifset BOUT
3588@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3589@c better if it were available outside examples.
3590@need 1000
3591@node a.out Symbols
3592@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3593
3594@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3595@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3596These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3597one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3598@code{b.out}.
3599
3600@end ifset
3601@ifclear BOUT
3602@node a.out Symbols
3603@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3604
3605@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3606@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3607
3608@end ifclear
3609@end ifclear
3610@ifset GENERIC
3611@node a.out Symbols
3612@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3613
3614@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3615@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3616
3617@end ifset
3618@menu
3619* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3620* Symbol Other:: Other
3621@end menu
3622
3623@node Symbol Desc
3624@subsubsection Descriptor
3625
3626@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3627This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3628descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3629(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3630@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3631
3632@node Symbol Other
3633@subsubsection Other
3634
3635@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3636This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3637@end ifset
3638
3639@ifset COFF
3640@node COFF Symbols
3641@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3642
3643@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3644@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3645
3646The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3647like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3648@code{.endef} directives.
3649
3650@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3651
3652@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3653The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3654respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3655
3656@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3657
3658@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3659The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3660@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3661table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3662@end ifset
3663
3664@ifset SOM
3665@node SOM Symbols
3666@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3667
3668@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3669@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3670
3671The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3672the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3673
01642c12 3674The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3675Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3676@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3677@end ifset
3678
3679@node Expressions
3680@chapter Expressions
3681
3682@cindex expressions
3683@cindex addresses
3684@cindex numeric values
3685An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3686Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3687
3688The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3689a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3690enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3691section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3692the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3693@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3694
3695@menu
3696* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3697* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3698@end menu
3699
3700@node Empty Exprs
3701@section Empty Expressions
3702
3703@cindex empty expressions
3704@cindex expressions, empty
3705An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3706Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3707expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3708is compatible with other assemblers.
3709
3710@node Integer Exprs
3711@section Integer Expressions
3712
3713@cindex integer expressions
3714@cindex expressions, integer
3715An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3716by @emph{operators}.
3717
3718@menu
3719* Arguments:: Arguments
3720* Operators:: Operators
3721* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3722* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3723@end menu
3724
3725@node Arguments
3726@subsection Arguments
3727
3728@cindex expression arguments
3729@cindex arguments in expressions
3730@cindex operands in expressions
3731@cindex arithmetic operands
3732@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3733contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3734this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3735the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3736expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3737instruction operands.
3738
3739Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3740@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3741or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3742integer.
3743
3744Numbers are usually integers.
3745
3746A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3747that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3748these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3749instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3750assemblers.
3751
3752@cindex subexpressions
3753Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3754expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3755operator followed by an argument.
3756
3757@node Operators
3758@subsection Operators
3759
3760@cindex operators, in expressions
3761@cindex arithmetic functions
3762@cindex functions, in expressions
3763@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3764operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3765between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3766whitespace.
3767
3768@node Prefix Ops
3769@subsection Prefix Operator
3770
3771@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3772@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3773one argument, which must be absolute.
3774
3775@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3776@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3777@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3778@tex
3779\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3780@end tex
3781
3782@table @code
3783@item -
3784@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3785@item ~
3786@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3787@end table
3788
3789@tex
3790\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3791@end tex
3792
3793@node Infix Ops
3794@subsection Infix Operators
3795
3796@cindex infix operators
3797@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3798@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3799have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3800to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3801absolute, and the result is absolute.
3802
3803@enumerate
3804@cindex operator precedence
3805@cindex precedence of operators
3806
3807@item
3808Highest Precedence
3809
3810@table @code
3811@item *
3812@dfn{Multiplication}.
3813
3814@item /
3815@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3816
3817@item %
3818@dfn{Remainder}.
3819
d1eac9d9 3820@item <<
252b5132
RH
3821@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3822
d1eac9d9 3823@item >>
252b5132
RH
3824@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3825@end table
3826
3827@item
3828Intermediate precedence
3829
3830@table @code
3831@item |
3832
3833@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3834
3835@item &
3836@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3837
3838@item ^
3839@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3840
3841@item !
3842@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3843@end table
3844
3845@item
b131d4dc 3846Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3847
3848@table @code
3849@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3850@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3851@cindex arguments for addition
3852@item +
3853@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3854the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3855sections.
3856
3857@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3858@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3859@cindex arguments for subtraction
3860@item -
3861@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3862result has the section of the left argument.
3863If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3864You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3865@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3866
3867@cindex comparison expressions
3868@cindex expressions, comparison
3869@item ==
3870@dfn{Is Equal To}
3871@item <>
723a8472 3872@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3873@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3874@item <
3875@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3876@item >
b131d4dc 3877@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3878@item >=
b131d4dc 3879@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3880@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3881@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3882
3883The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3884value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3885perform signed comparisons.
3886@end table
3887
3888@item Lowest Precedence
3889
3890@table @code
3891@item &&
3892@dfn{Logical And}.
3893
3894@item ||
3895@dfn{Logical Or}.
3896
3897These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3898expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3899value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3900or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3901
252b5132
RH
3902@end table
3903@end enumerate
3904
3905In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3906address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3907
3908@node Pseudo Ops
3909@chapter Assembler Directives
3910
3911@cindex directives, machine independent
3912@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3913@cindex machine independent directives
3914All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3915The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3916
3917This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3918target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3919@ifset GENERIC
3920Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3921@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3922@end ifset
3923@ifclear GENERIC
3924@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3925@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3926@end ifset
3927@end ifclear
3928
3929@menu
3930* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3931@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3932* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3933@end ifset
f0dc282c 3934
252b5132 3935* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3936* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3937* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3938* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3939* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3940* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3941* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3942* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3943* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3944@ifset COFF
3945* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3946@end ifset
3947@ifset aout-bout
3948* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3949@end ifset
3950@ifset COFF
3951* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3952@end ifset
f0dc282c 3953
252b5132
RH
3954* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3955* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3956* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3957* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3958* End:: @code{.end}
3959@ifset COFF
3960* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3961@end ifset
f0dc282c 3962
252b5132
RH
3963* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3964* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3965* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3966* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3967* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3968* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3969* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3970* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3971* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3972* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3973* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3974* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3975* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 3976* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 3977* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3978@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3979* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3980* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3981@end ifset
f0dc282c 3982
252b5132
RH
3983* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3984* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3985* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3986* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3987* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3988* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3989@ifset ELF
3990* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3991@end ifset
f0dc282c 3992
252b5132
RH
3993* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3994* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3995* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3996* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3997@ifclear no-line-dir
3998* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3999@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4000
252b5132
RH
4001* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4002* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4003* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4004* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4005* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4006@ifset ELF
4007* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4008@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4009
252b5132
RH
4010* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4011@ignore
4012* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4013@end ignore
f0dc282c 4014
252b5132
RH
4015* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4016* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4017* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4018* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4019* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4020* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4021* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4022@ifset ELF
4023* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4024* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4025@end ifset
f0dc282c 4026
252b5132 4027* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4028@ifset ELF
4029* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4030@end ifset
f0dc282c 4031
252b5132
RH
4032* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4033* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4034@ifset ELF
4035* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4036@end ifset
f0dc282c 4037
252b5132 4038* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4039* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4040* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4041* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4042@ifset COFF
4043* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4044@end ifset
4045@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4046* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4047@end ifset
f0dc282c 4048
252b5132
RH
4049* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4050* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4051* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4052@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4053* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4054@end ifset
884f0d36 4055@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4056* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4057@end ifclear
4058
252b5132 4059* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4060@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4061* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4062@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4063@ifset have-stabs
4064* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4065@end ifset
f0dc282c 4066
38a57ae7 4067* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4068* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4069@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4070* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4071* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4072@end ifset
f0dc282c 4073
252b5132
RH
4074@ifset COFF
4075* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4076@end ifset
f0dc282c 4077
252b5132
RH
4078* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4079* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4080@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4081* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4082@end ifset
4083
c91d2e08 4084* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4085@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4086* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4087@end ifset
f0dc282c 4088
2e13b764 4089@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4090* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4091* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4092* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4093@end ifset
f0dc282c 4094
d190d046 4095* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4096* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4097* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4098* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4099* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4100@end menu
4101
4102@node Abort
4103@section @code{.abort}
4104
4105@cindex @code{abort} directive
4106@cindex stopping the assembly
4107This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4108compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4109assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4110of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4111quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4112
4113@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4114@node ABORT (COFF)
4115@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4116
4117@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4118When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4119synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4120
4121@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4122When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4123but ignores it.
4124@end ifset
4125@end ifset
4126
4127@node Align
4128@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4129
4130@cindex padding the location counter
4131@cindex @code{align} directive
4132Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4133boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4134required, as described below.
4135
4136The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4137padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4138padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4139marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4140with no-op instructions.
4141
4142The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4143it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4144directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4145specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4146fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4147required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4148with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4149
4150The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4151For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4152s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4153alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4154the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4155is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4156first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4157
9e9a9798 4158For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4159strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4160number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4161advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4162counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4163multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4164
4165This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4166native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4167GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4168described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4169architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4170
ccf8a69b
BW
4171@node Altmacro
4172@section @code{.altmacro}
4173Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4174
4175@ftable @code
4176@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4177One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4178generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4179replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4180replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4181separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4182define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4183
4184@item String delimiters
4185You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4186@code{"@var{string}"}:
4187
4188@table @code
4189@item '@var{string}'
4190You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4191
4192@item <@var{string}>
4193You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4194@end table
4195
4196@item single-character string escape
4197To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4198character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4199character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4200write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4201
4202@item Expression results as strings
4203You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4204and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4205@end ftable
4206
252b5132
RH
4207@node Ascii
4208@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4209
4210@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4211@cindex string literals
4212@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4213separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4214trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4215
4216@node Asciz
4217@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4218
4219@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4220@cindex zero-terminated strings
4221@cindex null-terminated strings
4222@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4223a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4224
4225@node Balign
4226@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4227
4228@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4229@cindex @code{balign} directive
4230Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4231storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4232alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4233the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4234is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4235
4236The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4237padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4238padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4239marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4240with no-op instructions.
4241
4242The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4243it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4244directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4245specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4246fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4247required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4248with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4249
4250@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4251@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4252The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4253@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4254pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4255fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42564,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4257filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4258the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4259undefined.
4260
4261@node Byte
4262@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4263
4264@cindex @code{byte} directive
4265@cindex integers, one byte
4266@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4267Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4268
54cfded0 4269@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4270@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4271@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4272@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4273should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4274If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4275if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4276To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4277directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4278
4b7d318b 4279@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4280@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4281@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4282should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4283data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4284@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4285
01642c12 4286Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4287it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4288
54cfded0
AM
4289@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4290@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4291@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4292unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4293@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4294
9b8ae42e
JJ
4295@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4296@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4297@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4298should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4299argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4300a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4301the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4302can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4303The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4304no personality routine.
4305
4306@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4307@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4308@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4309should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4310argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4311or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4312no LSDA.
4313
54cfded0 4314@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4315@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4316address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4317
4318@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4319@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4320now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4321remains the same.
4322
4323@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4324@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4325remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4326absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4327CFA address.
4328
4329@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4330Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4331value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4332
4333@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4334Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4335CFA.
54cfded0 4336
17076204
RH
4337@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4338Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4339the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4340using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4341This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4342code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4343
4b7d318b
L
4344@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4345Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4346
4347@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4348@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4349same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4350instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4351
4352@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4353From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4354
4355@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4356Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4357i.e. no restoration needed.
4358
01642c12
RM
4359@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4360First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4361then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4362everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4363the previous saved state.
4364
4365@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4366Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4367directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4368
63752a75
JJ
4369@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4370Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4371
6749011b 4372@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4373SPARC register window has been saved.
4374
cdfbf930
RH
4375@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4376Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4377might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4378opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4379
f1c4cc75
RH
4380@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4381The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4382will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4383description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4384
4385The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4386limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4387mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4388by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4389or another register.
4390
ccf8a69b
BW
4391@node Comm
4392@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4393
ccf8a69b
BW
4394@cindex @code{comm} directive
4395@cindex symbol, common
4396@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4397common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4398of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4399definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4400allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4401absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4402the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4403using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4404
c1711530
DK
4405@ifset COFF-ELF
4406When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4407an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4408specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4409that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4410as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4411boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4412power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4413common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4414alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4415largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4416maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4417is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4418@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4419multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4420It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4421(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4422@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4423
ccf8a69b
BW
4424@ifset HPPA
4425The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4426@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4427@end ifset
07a53e5c 4428
252b5132
RH
4429@node Data
4430@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4431
4432@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4433@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4434end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4435absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4436to zero.
4437
4438@ifset COFF
4439@node Def
4440@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4441
4442@cindex @code{def} directive
4443@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4444@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4445Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4446definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4447@ifset BOUT
4448
a4fb0134 4449This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4450format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4451but ignored.
4452@end ifset
4453@end ifset
4454
4455@ifset aout-bout
4456@node Desc
4457@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4458
4459@cindex @code{desc} directive
4460@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4461@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4462This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4463to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4464
4465@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4466The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4467configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4468object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4469it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4470@end ifset
4471@end ifset
4472
4473@ifset COFF
4474@node Dim
4475@section @code{.dim}
4476
4477@cindex @code{dim} directive
4478@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4479@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4480This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4481information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4482@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4483@ifset BOUT
4484
4485@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4486@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4487ignores it.
4488@end ifset
4489@end ifset
4490
4491@node Double
4492@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4493
4494@cindex @code{double} directive
4495@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4496@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4497assembles floating point numbers.
4498@ifset GENERIC
4499The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4500@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4501@end ifset
4502@ifclear GENERIC
4503@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4504On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4505in @sc{ieee} format.
4506@end ifset
4507@end ifclear
4508
4509@node Eject
4510@section @code{.eject}
4511
4512@cindex @code{eject} directive
4513@cindex new page, in listings
4514@cindex page, in listings
4515@cindex listing control: new page
4516Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4517
4518@node Else
4519@section @code{.else}
4520
4521@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4522@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4523assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4524of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4525was false.
4526
3fd9f047
TW
4527@node Elseif
4528@section @code{.elseif}
4529
4530@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4531@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4532assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4533@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4534
252b5132
RH
4535@node End
4536@section @code{.end}
4537
4538@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4539@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4540process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4541
4542@ifset COFF
4543@node Endef
4544@section @code{.endef}
4545
4546@cindex @code{endef} directive
4547This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4548@code{.def}.
4549@ifset BOUT
4550
4551@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4552@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4553directive but ignores it.
4554@end ifset
4555@end ifset
4556
4557@node Endfunc
4558@section @code{.endfunc}
4559@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4560@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4561
4562@node Endif
4563@section @code{.endif}
4564
4565@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4566@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4567it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4568conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4569
4570@node Equ
4571@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4572
4573@cindex @code{equ} directive
4574@cindex assigning values to symbols
4575@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4576This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4577It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4578
4579@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4580The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4581@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4582@end ifset
4583
3c9b82ba 4584@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4585The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4586@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4587On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4588but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4589Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4590@end ifset
4591
252b5132
RH
4592@node Equiv
4593@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4594@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4595The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4596the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4597symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4598undefined.
252b5132 4599
01642c12 4600Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4601@smallexample
4602.ifdef SYM
4603.err
4604.endif
4605.equ SYM,VAL
4606@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4607plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4608
4609@node Eqv
4610@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4611@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4612The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4613evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4614the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4615value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4616
4617@node Err
4618@section @code{.err}
4619@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4620If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4621message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4622object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4623
d190d046
HPN
4624@node Error
4625@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4626@cindex error directive
4627
4628Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4629string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4630message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4631@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4632
4633@smallexample
4634 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4635@end smallexample
4636
252b5132
RH
4637@node Exitm
4638@section @code{.exitm}
4639Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4640
4641@node Extern
4642@section @code{.extern}
4643
4644@cindex @code{extern} directive
4645@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4646with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4647all undefined symbols as external.
4648
4649@node Fail
4650@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4651
4652@cindex @code{fail} directive
4653Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4654or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4655than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4656include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4657complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4658
252b5132 4659@node File
14082c76 4660@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4661@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4662
4663@ifclear no-file-dir
4664There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4665that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4666@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4667
4668@subheading Default Version
4669
252b5132
RH
4670@cindex logical file name
4671@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4672This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4673are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4674
4675@smallexample
4676.file @var{string}
4677@end smallexample
4678
4679@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4680recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4681to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4682statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4683old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4684
4685@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4686@end ifclear
4687
14082c76
BW
4688When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4689to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4690
4691@smallexample
4692.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4693@end smallexample
4694
4695The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4696index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4697literal.
4698
4699The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4700table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4701information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4702entries will have.
4703
252b5132
RH
4704@node Fill
4705@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4706
4707@cindex @code{fill} directive
4708@cindex writing patterns in memory
4709@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4710@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4711This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4712may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4713more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4714other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4715is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4716zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4717byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4718Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4719@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4720compatible with other people's assemblers.
4721
4722@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4723If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4724assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4725@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4726
4727@node Float
4728@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4729
4730@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4731@cindex @code{float} directive
4732This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4733has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4734@ifset GENERIC
4735The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4736@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4737@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4738@end ifset
4739@ifclear GENERIC
4740@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4741On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4742in @sc{ieee} format.
4743@end ifset
4744@end ifclear
4745
4746@node Func
4747@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4748@cindex @code{func} directive
4749@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4750is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4751Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4752@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4753prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4754@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4755All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4756The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4757
4758@node Global
4759@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4760
4761@cindex @code{global} directive
4762@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4763@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4764@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4765other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4766@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4767from another file linked into the same program.
4768
4769Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4770compatibility with other assemblers.
4771
4772@ifset HPPA
4773On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4774partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4775@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4776@end ifset
4777
c91d2e08 4778@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4779@node Gnu_attribute
4780@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4781Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4782
c91d2e08
NC
4783@node Hidden
4784@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4785
c1253627
NC
4786@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4787@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4788This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4789@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4790@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4791
4792This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4793their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4794@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4795Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4796@end ifset
4797
252b5132
RH
4798@node hword
4799@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4800
4801@cindex @code{hword} directive
4802@cindex integers, 16-bit
4803@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4804@cindex sixteen bit integers
4805This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4806a 16 bit number for each.
4807
4808@ifset GENERIC
4809This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4810architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4811@end ifset
4812@ifclear GENERIC
4813@ifset W32
4814This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4815@end ifset
4816@ifset W16
4817This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4818@end ifset
4819@end ifclear
4820
4821@node Ident
4822@section @code{.ident}
4823
4824@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4825
4826This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4827behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4828a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4829source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4830for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4831@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4832emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4833
4834@node If
4835@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4836
4837@cindex conditional assembly
4838@cindex @code{if} directive
4839@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4840considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4841(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4842the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4843(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4844alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4845If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4846nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4847
4848The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4849@table @code
4850@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4851@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4852Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4853has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4854is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4855
26aca5f6
JB
4856@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4857@item .ifb @var{text}
4858Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4859
252b5132
RH
4860@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4861@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4862Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4863strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4864the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4865end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4866string comparison is case sensitive.
4867
4868@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4869@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4870Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4871
4872@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4873@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4874Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4875
4876@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4877@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4878Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4879equal to zero.
4880
4881@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4882@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4883Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4884
4885@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4886@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4887Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4888to zero.
4889
4890@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4891@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4892Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4893
26aca5f6
JB
4894@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4895@item .ifnb @var{text}
4896Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4897following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4898
252b5132
RH
4899@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4900@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4901Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4902following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4903
4904@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4905@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4906@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4907@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4908Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4909has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4910which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4911
4912@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4913@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4914Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4915(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4916
4917@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4918@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4919Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4920following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4921@end table
4922
7e005732
NC
4923@node Incbin
4924@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4925
4926@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4927@cindex binary files, including
4928The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4929location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4930option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4931around @var{file}.
4932
4933The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4934@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4935read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4936responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4937after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4938
252b5132
RH
4939@node Include
4940@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4941
4942@cindex @code{include} directive
4943@cindex supporting files, including
4944@cindex files, including
4945This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4946points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4947if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4948included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4949can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4950(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4951around @var{file}.
4952
4953@node Int
4954@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4955
4956@cindex @code{int} directive
4957@cindex integers, 32-bit
4958Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4959For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4960expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4961of target the assembly is for.
4962
4963@ifclear GENERIC
4964@ifset H8
7be1c489 4965On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4966integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
496732-bit integers.
4968@end ifset
4969@end ifclear
4970
c91d2e08
NC
4971@ifset ELF
4972@node Internal
4973@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4974
c1253627
NC
4975@cindex @code{internal} directive
4976@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4977This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4978@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 4979@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4980
4981This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4982their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4983@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4984(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4985processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4986@end ifset
4987
252b5132
RH
4988@node Irp
4989@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4990
4991@cindex @code{irp} directive
4992Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4993The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4994terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4995set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4996@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4997@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4998sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4999
5000For example, assembling
5001
5002@example
5003 .irp param,1,2,3
5004 move d\param,sp@@-
5005 .endr
5006@end example
5007
5008is equivalent to assembling
5009
5010@example
5011 move d1,sp@@-
5012 move d2,sp@@-
5013 move d3,sp@@-
5014@end example
5015
96e9638b 5016For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5017
252b5132
RH
5018@node Irpc
5019@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5020
5021@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5022Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5023The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5024terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5025@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5026assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5027assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5028@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5029
5030For example, assembling
5031
5032@example
5033 .irpc param,123
5034 move d\param,sp@@-
5035 .endr
5036@end example
5037
5038is equivalent to assembling
5039
5040@example
5041 move d1,sp@@-
5042 move d2,sp@@-
5043 move d3,sp@@-
5044@end example
5045
5e75c3ab
JB
5046For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5047at @xref{Macro}.
5048
252b5132
RH
5049@node Lcomm
5050@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5051
5052@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5053@cindex local common symbols
5054@cindex symbols, local common
5055Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5056denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5057those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5058section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5059is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5060not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5061
5062@ifset GENERIC
5063Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5064argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5065@end ifset
5066
5067@ifset HPPA
5068The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5069@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5070@end ifset
5071
5072@node Lflags
5073@section @code{.lflags}
5074
5075@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5076@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5077assemblers, but ignores it.
5078
5079@ifclear no-line-dir
5080@node Line
5081@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5082
5083@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5084@cindex logical line number
5085@ifset aout-bout
5086Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5087expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5088statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5089reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5090@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5091for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5092@end ifset
5093
252b5132 5094Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5095@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5096when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5097were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5098@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5099
5100Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5101used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5102debugging.
5103@end ifclear
5104
5105@node Linkonce
5106@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5107@cindex COMDAT
5108@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5109@cindex common sections
5110Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5111This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5112but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5113The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5114Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5115unique.
5116
5117This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5118writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5119Executable format used on Windows NT.
5120
5121The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5122following strings. For example:
5123@smallexample
5124.linkonce same_size
5125@end smallexample
5126Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5127
5128@table @code
5129@item discard
5130Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5131
5132@item one_only
5133Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5134
5135@item same_size
5136Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5137
5138@item same_contents
5139Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5140@end table
5141
ccf8a69b
BW
5142@node List
5143@section @code{.list}
5144
5145@cindex @code{list} directive
5146@cindex listing control, turning on
5147Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5148not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5149internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5150counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5151generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5152
5153By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5154@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5155the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5156
252b5132
RH
5157@node Ln
5158@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5159
5160@cindex @code{ln} directive
5161@ifclear no-line-dir
5162@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5163@end ifclear
5164@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5165Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5166must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5167line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5168statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5169line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5170@ifset BOUT
5171
a4fb0134 5172This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5173configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5174output format.
5175@end ifset
5176@end ifset
5177
ccf8a69b
BW
5178@node Loc
5179@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5180@cindex @code{loc} directive
5181When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5182the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5183number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5184instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5185arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5186the row is added.
252b5132 5187
ccf8a69b
BW
5188The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5189
5190@table @code
5191@item basic_block
5192This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5193@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5194
5195@item prologue_end
5196This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5197@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5198
5199@item epilogue_begin
5200This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5201@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5202
5203@item is_stmt @var{value}
5204This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5205@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5206either 0 or 1.
5207
5208@item isa @var{value}
5209This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5210state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5211
92846e72
CC
5212@item discriminator @var{value}
5213This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5214state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5215
ccf8a69b
BW
5216@end table
5217
5218@node Loc_mark_labels
5219@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5220@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5221When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5222the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5223to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5224register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5225The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5226this function respectively.
252b5132 5227
4d4175af
BW
5228@ifset ELF
5229@node Local
5230@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5231
5232@cindex @code{local} directive
5233This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5234the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5235will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5236they will be created.
5237
5238For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5239accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5240the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5241(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5242@end ifset
5243
252b5132
RH
5244@node Long
5245@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5246
5247@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5248@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5249
5250@ignore
5251@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5252@c what it really ought to do
5253@node Lsym
5254@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5255
5256@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5257@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5258@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5259the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5260rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5261the same as the expression value:
5262@smallexample
5263@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5264@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5265@var{value} = @var{expression}
5266@end smallexample
5267@noindent
5268The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5269@end ignore
5270
5271@node Macro
5272@section @code{.macro}
5273
5274@cindex macros
5275The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5276generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5277@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5278
5279@example
5280 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5281 .long \from
5282 .if \to-\from
5283 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5284 .endif
5285 .endm
5286@end example
5287
5288@noindent
5289With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5290
5291@example
5292 .long 0
5293 .long 1
5294 .long 2
5295 .long 3
5296 .long 4
5297 .long 5
5298@end example
5299
5300@ftable @code
5301@item .macro @var{macname}
5302@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5303@cindex @code{macro} directive
5304Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5305definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5306separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5307indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5308@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5309(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5310macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5311cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5312subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5313definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5314
5315@table @code
5316@item .macro comm
5317Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5318arguments.
5319
6258339f 5320@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5321@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5322Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5323which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5324@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5325
5326@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5327Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5328arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5329After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5330@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5331@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5332,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5333@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5334
6eaeac8a
JB
5335@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5336Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5337arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5338not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5339will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5340
252b5132
RH
5341When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5342position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5343@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5344
6258339f
NC
5345@end table
5346
5e75c3ab
JB
5347Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5348as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5349occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5350characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5351(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5352architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5353character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5354replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5355construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5356identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5357this macro definition:
5358
5359@example
5360 .macro label l
5361\l:
5362 .endm
5363@end example
5364
5365might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5366called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5367assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5368identifier.
5369
5370Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5371which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5372for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5373length specifier like this:
5374
5375@example
5376 .macro opcode base length
5377 \base.\length
5378 .endm
5379@end example
5380
5381and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5382instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5383interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5384
5385There are several possible ways around this problem:
5386
5387@table @code
5388@item Insert white space
5389If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5390solution. eg:
5391
5392@example
5393 .macro label l
5394\l :
5395 .endm
5396@end example
5397
5398@item Use @samp{\()}
5399The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5400the following text. eg:
5401
5402@example
5403 .macro opcode base length
5404 \base\().\length
5405 .endm
5406@end example
5407
5408@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5409In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5410used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5411
5412@example
5413 .altmacro
5414 .macro label l
5415l&:
5416 .endm
5417@end example
6258339f 5418@end table
5e75c3ab 5419
96e9638b 5420Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5421also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5422and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5423
252b5132
RH
5424@item .endm
5425@cindex @code{endm} directive
5426Mark the end of a macro definition.
5427
5428@item .exitm
5429@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5430Exit early from the current macro definition.
5431
5432@cindex number of macros executed
5433@cindex macros, count executed
5434@item \@@
a4fb0134 5435@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5436executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5437output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5438
252b5132
RH
5439@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5440@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5441macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5442@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5443@end ftable
252b5132 5444
ccf8a69b
BW
5445@node MRI
5446@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5447
ccf8a69b
BW
5448@cindex @code{mri} directive
5449@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5450If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5451@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5452affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5453of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5454
caa32fe5
NC
5455@node Noaltmacro
5456@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5457Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5458
252b5132
RH
5459@node Nolist
5460@section @code{.nolist}
5461
5462@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5463@cindex listing control, turning off
5464Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5465not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5466internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5467counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5468generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5469
5470@node Octa
5471@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5472
5473@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5474@cindex @code{octa} directive
5475@cindex integer, 16-byte
5476@cindex sixteen byte integer
5477This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5478bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5479
5480The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5481hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5482
5483@node Org
5484@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5485
5486@cindex @code{org} directive
5487@cindex location counter, advancing
5488@cindex advancing location counter
5489@cindex current address, advancing
5490Advance the location counter of the current section to
5491@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5492expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5493you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5494wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5495with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5496@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5497is the same as the current subsection.
5498
5499@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5500unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5501backwards.
5502
5503@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5504@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5505@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5506Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5507may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5508a chance to share your improved assembler.
5509
5510Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5511to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5512people's assemblers.
5513
5514When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5515intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5516absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5517@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5518
5519@node P2align
5520@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5521
5522@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5523@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5524Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5525storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5526number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5527advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5528counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5529multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5530
5531The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5532padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5533padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5534marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5535with no-op instructions.
5536
5537The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5538it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5539directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5540specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5541fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5542required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5543with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5544
5545@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5546@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5547The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5548@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5549pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5550fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55512,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5552filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5553the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5554undefined.
5555
ccf8a69b
BW
5556@ifset ELF
5557@node PopSection
5558@section @code{.popsection}
5559
5560@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5561@cindex Section Stack
5562This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5563@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5564@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5565(@pxref{Previous}).
5566
5567This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5568section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5569stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5570@end ifset
5571
c91d2e08
NC
5572@ifset ELF
5573@node Previous
5574@section @code{.previous}
5575
c1253627 5576@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5577@cindex Section Stack
5578This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5579@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5580@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5581(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5582
5583This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5584referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5585@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5586subsections). For example:
5587
5588@smallexample
5589.section A
5590 .subsection 1
5591 .word 0x1234
5592 .subsection 2
5593 .word 0x5678
5594.previous
5595 .word 0x9abc
5596@end smallexample
5597
5598Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5599section A. Whilst:
5600
5601@smallexample
5602.section A
5603.subsection 1
5604 # Now in section A subsection 1
5605 .word 0x1234
5606.section B
5607.subsection 0
5608 # Now in section B subsection 0
5609 .word 0x5678
5610.subsection 1
5611 # Now in section B subsection 1
5612 .word 0x9abc
5613.previous
5614 # Now in section B subsection 0
5615 .word 0xdef0
5616@end smallexample
5617
5618Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5619section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5620
5621In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5622the top section on the section stack.
5623@end ifset
5624
252b5132
RH
5625@node Print
5626@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5627
5628@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5629@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5630assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5631
c91d2e08
NC
5632@ifset ELF
5633@node Protected
5634@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5635
c1253627
NC
5636@cindex @code{protected} directive
5637@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5638This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5639@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5640
5641This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5642their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5643@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5644components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5645component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5646this.
c91d2e08
NC
5647@end ifset
5648
252b5132
RH
5649@node Psize
5650@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5651
5652@cindex @code{psize} directive
5653@cindex listing control: paper size
5654@cindex paper size, for listings
5655Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5656number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5657
5658If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5659of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5660default width is 200 columns.
5661
a4fb0134 5662@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5663lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5664@code{.eject}).
5665
5666If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5667those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5668
5669@node Purgem
5670@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5671
5672@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5673Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5674expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5675
c91d2e08
NC
5676@ifset ELF
5677@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5678@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5679
c1253627 5680@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5681@cindex Section Stack
5682This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5683@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5684@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5685(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5686
e9863d7f
DJ
5687This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5688top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5689subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5690@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5691as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5692@end ifset
5693
252b5132
RH
5694@node Quad
5695@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5696
5697@cindex @code{quad} directive
5698@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5699each bignum, it emits
5700@ifclear bignum-16
5701an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5702warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5703@cindex eight-byte integer
5704@cindex integer, 8-byte
5705
5706The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5707hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5708@end ifclear
5709@ifset bignum-16
5710a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5711warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5712@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5713@cindex integer, 16-byte
5714@end ifset
5715
05e9452c
AM
5716@node Reloc
5717@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5718
5719@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5720Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5721@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5722the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5723symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5724@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5725absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5726targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5727relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5728section.
5729
252b5132
RH
5730@node Rept
5731@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5732
5733@cindex @code{rept} directive
5734Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5735@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5736
5737For example, assembling
5738
5739@example
5740 .rept 3
5741 .long 0
5742 .endr
5743@end example
5744
5745is equivalent to assembling
5746
5747@example
5748 .long 0
5749 .long 0
5750 .long 0
5751@end example
5752
5753@node Sbttl
5754@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5755
5756@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5757@cindex subtitles for listings
5758@cindex listing control: subtitle
5759Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5760title line) when generating assembly listings.
5761
5762This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5763it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5764
5765@ifset COFF
5766@node Scl
5767@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5768
5769@cindex @code{scl} directive
5770@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5771@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5772Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5773used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5774whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5775symbolic debugging information.
5776@ifset BOUT
5777
5778The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5779configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5780accepts this directive but ignores it.
5781@end ifset
5782@end ifset
5783
c1253627 5784@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5785@node Section
c1253627 5786@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5787
252b5132
RH
5788@cindex named section
5789Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5790named @var{name}.
5791
5792This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5793named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5794with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5795
c1253627
NC
5796@ifset COFF
5797@ifset ELF
5798@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5799@subheading COFF Version
5800@end ifset
5801
5802@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5803For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5804ways:
c91d2e08 5805
252b5132
RH
5806@smallexample
5807.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5808.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5809@end smallexample
5810
5811If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5812section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5813@table @code
5814@item b
5815bss section (uninitialized data)
5816@item n
5817section is not loaded
5818@item w
5819writable section
5820@item d
5821data section
5822@item r
5823read-only section
5824@item x
5825executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5826@item s
5827shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5828@item a
5829ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5830@item y
5831section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5832@item 0-9
5833single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5834@end table
5835
5836If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5837the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5838loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5839from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5840will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5841
5842If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5843taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5844@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5845
5846@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5847@ifset COFF
5848@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5849@subheading ELF Version
5850@end ifset
5851
c91d2e08
NC
5852@cindex Section Stack
5853This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5854@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5855(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5856@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5857
c1253627 5858@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5859For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5860
252b5132 5861@smallexample
7047dd1e 5862.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5863@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5864
252b5132 5865The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5866combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5867@table @code
5868@item a
5869section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5870@item e
5871section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5872@item w
5873section is writable
5874@item x
5875section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5876@item M
5877section is mergeable
5878@item S
5879section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5880@item G
5881section is a member of a section group
5882@item T
5883section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5884@item ?
5885section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5886@end table
5887
5888The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5889@table @code
5890@item @@progbits
5891section contains data
5892@item @@nobits
5893section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5894@item @@note
5895section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5896@item @@init_array
5897section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5898@item @@fini_array
5899section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5900@item @@preinit_array
5901section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5902@end table
5903
10b016c2
PB
5904Many targets only support the first three section types.
5905
ececec60
NC
5906Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5907ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5908@code{%} character.
5909
22fe14ad 5910If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5911be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5912
5913@smallexample
5914.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5915@end smallexample
5916
5917Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5918constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5919@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5920@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5921the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5922absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5923which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5924@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5925@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5926
5927If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5928be present along with an additional field like this:
5929
5930@smallexample
5931.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5932@end smallexample
5933
5934The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5935particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5936@table @code
5937@item comdat
5938indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5939@item .gnu.linkonce
5940an alias for comdat
5941@end table
5942
96e9638b 5943Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5944the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5945
5946@smallexample
5947.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5948@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5949
01642c12
RM
5950If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5951@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5952present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5953this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5954@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5955If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5956
252b5132
RH
5957If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5958the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5959none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5960executable. The section will contain data.
5961
5962For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5963directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5964
252b5132
RH
5965@smallexample
5966.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5967@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5968
252b5132
RH
5969Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5970separated flags:
5971@table @code
5972@item #alloc
5973section is allocatable
5974@item #write
5975section is writable
5976@item #execinstr
5977section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
5978@item #exclude
5979section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
5980@item #tls
5981section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5982@end table
c91d2e08 5983
e9863d7f
DJ
5984This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5985contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5986some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5987work.
c1253627
NC
5988@end ifset
5989@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5990
5991@node Set
5992@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5993
5994@cindex @code{set} directive
5995@cindex symbol value, setting
5996Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5997changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5998@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5999flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6000
6001You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6002
6003If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6004file is the last value stored into it.
6005
3c9b82ba
NC
6006@ifset Z80
6007On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6008@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6009@end ifset
6010
252b5132
RH
6011@node Short
6012@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6013
6014@cindex @code{short} directive
6015@ifset GENERIC
6016@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6017@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6018
6019In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6020numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6021@end ifset
6022@ifclear GENERIC
6023@ifset W16
6024@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6025@end ifset
6026@ifset W32
6027This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6028a 16 bit number for each.
6029@end ifset
6030@end ifclear
6031
6032@node Single
6033@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6034
6035@cindex @code{single} directive
6036@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6037This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6038has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6039@ifset GENERIC
6040The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6041@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6042@end ifset
6043@ifclear GENERIC
6044@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6045On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6046numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6047@end ifset
6048@end ifclear
6049
c1253627 6050@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6051@node Size
c1253627 6052@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6053
c1253627
NC
6054This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6055
6056@ifset COFF
6057@ifset ELF
6058@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6059@subheading COFF Version
6060@end ifset
6061
6062@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6063For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6064@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6065
6066@smallexample
6067.size @var{expression}
6068@end smallexample
252b5132 6069
c91d2e08 6070@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6071@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6072@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6073ignores it.
6074@end ifset
c1253627 6075@end ifset
c91d2e08 6076
c1253627
NC
6077@ifset ELF
6078@ifset COFF
6079@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6080@subheading ELF Version
6081@end ifset
6082
6083@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6084For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6085
c1253627
NC
6086@smallexample
6087.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6088@end smallexample
6089
6090This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6091The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6092arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6093symbols.
c1253627
NC
6094@end ifset
6095@end ifset
252b5132 6096
252b5132
RH
6097@ifclear no-space-dir
6098@node Skip
6099@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6100
6101@cindex @code{skip} directive
6102@cindex filling memory
6103This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6104@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6105@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6106@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6107@end ifclear
252b5132 6108
ccf8a69b
BW
6109@node Sleb128
6110@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6111
6112@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6113@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6114compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6115symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6116
884f0d36 6117@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6118@node Space
6119@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6120
6121@cindex @code{space} directive
6122@cindex filling memory
6123This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6124@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6125and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6126as @samp{.skip}.
6127
6128@ifset HPPA
6129@quotation
6130@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6131targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6132Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6133@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6134for a summary.
6135@end quotation
6136@end ifset
6137@end ifclear
6138
252b5132
RH
6139@ifset have-stabs
6140@node Stab
6141@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6142
6143@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6144@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6145There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6146All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6147The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6148cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6149Up to five fields are required:
6150
6151@table @var
6152@item string
6153This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6154@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6155debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6156using this field.
6157
6158@item type
6159An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6160this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6161and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6162
6163@item other
6164An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6165low 8 bits of this expression.
6166
6167@item desc
6168An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6169bits of this expression.
6170
6171@item value
6172An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6173@end table
6174
6175If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6176or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6177you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6178compatible with earlier assemblers!
6179
6180@table @code
6181@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6182@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6183
6184The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6185It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6186null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6187strings.
6188
6189The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6190relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6191is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6192assembled.
6193
6194@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6195@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6196The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6197
6198@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6199@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6200All five fields are specified.
6201@end table
6202@end ifset
6203@c end have-stabs
6204
6205@node String
38a57ae7 6206@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6207"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6208
6209@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6210@cindex string8, copying to object file
6211@cindex string16, copying to object file
6212@cindex string32, copying to object file
6213@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6214@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6215@cindex @code{string8} directive
6216@cindex @code{string16} directive
6217@cindex @code{string32} directive
6218@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6219
6220Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6221one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6222particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6223You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6224
01642c12 6225The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6226the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6227copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6228are stored in target endianness byte order.
6229
6230Example:
6231@smallexample
6232 .string32 "BYE"
6233expands to:
6234 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6235 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6236@end smallexample
6237
6238
252b5132
RH
6239@node Struct
6240@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6241
6242@cindex @code{struct} directive
6243Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6244which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6245@smallexample
6246 .struct 0
6247field1:
6248 .struct field1 + 4
6249field2:
6250 .struct field2 + 4
6251field3:
6252@end smallexample
6253This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6254@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6255value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6256use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6257before further assembly.
6258
c91d2e08
NC
6259@ifset ELF
6260@node SubSection
6261@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6262
c1253627 6263@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6264@cindex Section Stack
6265This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6266@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6267@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6268(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6269
6270This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6271section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6272in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6273@end ifset
6274
252b5132
RH
6275@ifset ELF
6276@node Symver
6277@section @code{.symver}
6278@cindex @code{symver} directive
6279@cindex symbol versioning
6280@cindex versions of symbols
6281Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6282within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6283typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6284There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6285into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6286shared library.
6287
79082ff0 6288For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6289@smallexample
6290.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6291@end smallexample
339681c0 6292If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6293being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6294alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6295just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6296permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6297of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6298itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6299have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6300file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6301function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6302the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6303building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6304symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6305nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6306
6307If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6308references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6309reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6310symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6311
6312Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6313@smallexample
6314.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6315@end smallexample
6316In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6317the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6318difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6319references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6320
6321The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6322@smallexample
6323.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6324@end smallexample
6325When @var{name} is not defined within the
6326file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6327@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6328name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6329@end ifset
6330
6331@ifset COFF
6332@node Tag
6333@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6334
6335@cindex COFF structure debugging
6336@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6337@cindex @code{tag} directive
6338This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6339information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6340@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6341definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6342@ifset BOUT
6343
6344@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6345@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6346ignores it.
6347@end ifset
6348@end ifset
6349
6350@node Text
6351@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6352
6353@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6354Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6355the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6356expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6357is used.
6358
6359@node Title
6360@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6361
6362@cindex @code{title} directive
6363@cindex listing control: title line
6364Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6365source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6366
6367This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6368it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6369
c1253627 6370@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6371@node Type
c1253627
NC
6372@section @code{.type}
6373
6374This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6375
6376@ifset COFF
6377@ifset ELF
6378@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6379@subheading COFF Version
6380@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6381
6382@cindex COFF symbol type
6383@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6384@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6385For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6386@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6387
6388@smallexample
6389.type @var{int}
6390@end smallexample
6391
6392This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6393entry.
252b5132 6394
c91d2e08 6395@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6396@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6397@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6398directive but ignores it.
6399@end ifset
c1253627 6400@end ifset
c91d2e08 6401
c1253627
NC
6402@ifset ELF
6403@ifset COFF
6404@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6405@subheading ELF Version
6406@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6407
6408@cindex ELF symbol type
6409@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6410@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6411For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6412
6413@smallexample
6414.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6415@end smallexample
6416
6417This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6418function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6419supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6420compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6421
6422Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6423@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6424below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6425the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6426maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6427assemblers.
6428
6429The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6430
6431@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6432 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6433 .type <name>,#<type>
6434 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6435 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6436 .type <name>,"<type>"
6437@end smallexample
6438
6439The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6440
5671778d
NC
6441@table @gcctabopt
6442@item STT_FUNC
6443@itemx function
6444Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6445
d8045f23
NC
6446@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6447@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6448Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6449processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6450
5671778d
NC
6451@item STT_OBJECT
6452@itemx object
6453Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6454
6455@item STT_TLS
6456@itemx tls_object
6457Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6458
6459@item STT_COMMON
6460@itemx common
6461Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6462
6463@item STT_NOTYPE
6464@itemx notype
6465Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6466
3e7a7d11
NC
6467@item gnu_unique_object
6468Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6469will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6470name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6471systems).
3e7a7d11 6472
5671778d
NC
6473@end table
6474
6475Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6476
c1253627
NC
6477@end ifset
6478@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6479
6480@node Uleb128
6481@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6482
6483@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6484@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6485compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6486symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6487
6488@ifset COFF
6489@node Val
6490@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6491
6492@cindex @code{val} directive
6493@cindex COFF value attribute
6494@cindex value attribute, COFF
6495This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6496records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6497entry.
6498@ifset BOUT
6499
a4fb0134 6500@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6501configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6502@end ifset
6503@end ifset
6504
2e13b764 6505@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6506@node Version
6507@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6508
c1253627 6509@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6510This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6511formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6512@end ifset
2e13b764 6513
c91d2e08
NC
6514@ifset ELF
6515@node VTableEntry
6516@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6517
653cfe85 6518@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6519This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6520@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6521
c91d2e08
NC
6522@node VTableInherit
6523@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6524
653cfe85 6525@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6526This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6527@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6528parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6529parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6530@end ifset
2e13b764 6531
d190d046
HPN
6532@node Warning
6533@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6534@cindex warning directive
6535Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6536(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6537
c91d2e08
NC
6538@node Weak
6539@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6540
c1253627 6541@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6542This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6543@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6544
01642c12 6545On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6546directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6547@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6548
977cdf5a 6549On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6550When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6551alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6552
06e77878
AO
6553@node Weakref
6554@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6555
6556@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6557This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6558be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6559If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6560will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6561symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6562
6563The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6564assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6565symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6566resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6567had the references to the alias removed.
6568
6569The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6570within the assembler.
6571
252b5132
RH
6572@node Word
6573@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6574
6575@cindex @code{word} directive
6576This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6577separated by commas.
6578@ifclear GENERIC
6579@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6580For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6581@end ifset
6582@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6583For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6584@end ifset
6585@end ifclear
6586@ifset GENERIC
6587
6588The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6589depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6590@end ifset
6591
6592@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6593@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6594@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6595@cindex difference tables altered
6596@cindex altered difference tables
6597@quotation
6598@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6599@end quotation
6600
6601@ifset GENERIC
6602Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6603addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6604interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6605@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6606
6607@end ifset
6608In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6609@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6610Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6611compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6612directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6613@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6614creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6615This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6616first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6617of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6618table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6619contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6620@code{sym2}.
6621
6622If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6623secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6624@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6625long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6626and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6627minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6628entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6629
6630@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6631@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6632@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6633assembly language programmers.
6634@end ifset
6635@end ifset
6636@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6637
6638@node Deprecated
6639@section Deprecated Directives
6640
6641@cindex deprecated directives
6642@cindex obsolescent directives
6643One day these directives won't work.
6644They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6645@table @t
6646@item .abort
6647@item .line
6648@end table
6649
3a99f02f
DJ
6650@ifset ELF
6651@node Object Attributes
6652@chapter Object Attributes
6653@cindex object attributes
6654
6655@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6656into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6657Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6658point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6659requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6660passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6661hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6662generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6663newer generation at run-time.
6664
6665This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6666@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6667time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6668correctly.
6669
6670Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6671attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6672string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6673and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6674or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6675attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6676
6677Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6678The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6679
6680@menu
6681* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6682* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6683@end menu
6684
6685@node GNU Object Attributes
6686@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6687
6688The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6689with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6690
6691Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6692its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6693an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
66942} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6695architecture-dependent ones.
6696
6697@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6698
6699These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6700
6701@table @r
6702@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6703The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6704the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6705then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6706than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6707arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6708@end table
6709
6710@subsection MIPS Attributes
6711
6712@table @r
6713@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6714The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6715
6716@itemize @bullet
6717@item
67180 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6719@item
67201 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6721FPU.
6722@item
67232 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6724@item
67253 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6726@item
67274 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6728double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6729purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6730@end itemize
6731@end table
6732
6733@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6734
6735@table @r
6736@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6737The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6738
6739@itemize @bullet
6740@item
67410 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6742@item
3c7b9897 67431 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6744@item
67452 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6746@item
67473 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6748@end itemize
6749
6750@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6751The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6752
6753@itemize @bullet
6754@item
67550 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6756@item
67571 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6758@item
67592 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6760@item
67613 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6762@end itemize
6763@end table
6764
6765@node Defining New Object Attributes
6766@section Defining New Object Attributes
6767
6768If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6769will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6770mailing list.
6771
6772@itemize @bullet
6773@item
6774This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6775@item
6776The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6777@item
6778The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6779and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6780@item
6781Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6782@item
6783@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6784@item
6785GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6786@end itemize
6787
6788@end ifset
6789
252b5132
RH
6790@ifset GENERIC
6791@node Machine Dependencies
6792@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6793
6794@cindex machine dependencies
6795The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6796each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6797vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6798directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6799assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6800@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6801optimization.
6802
6803This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6804include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6805subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6806
6807@menu
625e1353
RH
6808@ifset ALPHA
6809* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6810@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6811@ifset ARC
6812* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6813@end ifset
6814@ifset ARM
6815* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6816@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6817@ifset AVR
6818* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6819@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6820@ifset Blackfin
6821* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6822@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6823@ifset CR16
6824* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6825@end ifset
8bf549a8 6826@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6827* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6828@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6829@ifset D10V
6830* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6831@end ifset
6832@ifset D30V
6833* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6834@end ifset
6835@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6836* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6837@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6838@ifset HPPA
6839* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6840@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6841@ifset I370
6842* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6843@end ifset
252b5132 6844@ifset I80386
55b62671 6845* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6846@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6847@ifset I860
6848* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6849@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6850@ifset I960
6851* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6852@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6853@ifset IA64
6854* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6855@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6856@ifset IP2K
6857* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6858@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6859@ifset LM32
6860* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6861@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6862@ifset M32C
6863* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6864@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6865@ifset M32R
6866* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6867@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6868@ifset M680X0
6869* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6870@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6871@ifset M68HC11
6872* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6873@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6874@ifset MICROBLAZE
6875* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6876@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6877@ifset MIPS
6878* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6879@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6880@ifset MMIX
6881* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6882@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6883@ifset MSP430
6884* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6885@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6886@ifset NS32K
6887* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6888@end ifset
252b5132 6889@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6890* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6891* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6892@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6893@ifset PDP11
6894* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6895@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6896@ifset PJ
6897* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6898@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6899@ifset PPC
6900* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6901@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6902@ifset RX
6903* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6904@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6905@ifset S390
6906* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6907@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6908@ifset SCORE
6909* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6910@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6911@ifset SPARC
6912* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6913@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6914@ifset TIC54X
6915* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6916@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6917@ifset TIC6X
6918* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6919@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
6920@ifset TILEGX
6921* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
6922@end ifset
6923@ifset TILEPRO
6924* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
6925@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6926@ifset V850
6927* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6928@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6929@ifset XTENSA
6930* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6931@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6932@ifset Z80
6933* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6934@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6935@ifset Z8000
6936* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6937@end ifset
6938@ifset VAX
6939* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6940@end ifset
6941@end menu
6942
6943@lowersections
6944@end ifset
6945
6946@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6947@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6948@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6949@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6950@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6951@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6952@c in both conditional blocks.
6953
625e1353
RH
6954@ifset ALPHA
6955@include c-alpha.texi
6956@end ifset
6957
6958@ifset ARC
6959@include c-arc.texi
6960@end ifset
6961
252b5132
RH
6962@ifset ARM
6963@include c-arm.texi
6964@end ifset
6965
8473f7a4
DC
6966@ifset AVR
6967@include c-avr.texi
6968@end ifset
6969
3b4e1885 6970@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6971@include c-bfin.texi
6972@end ifset
6973
3d3d428f
NC
6974@ifset CR16
6975@include c-cr16.texi
6976@end ifset
6977
328eb32e
HPN
6978@ifset CRIS
6979@include c-cris.texi
6980@end ifset
6981
c2dcd04e 6982@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6983@ifclear GENERIC
6984@node Machine Dependencies
6985@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6986
c2dcd04e 6987The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6988and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6989chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6990family.
6991
6992@menu
c2dcd04e 6993* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6994* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6995@end menu
6996@lowersections
6997@end ifclear
6998@end ifset
6999
7000@ifset D10V
7001@include c-d10v.texi
7002@end ifset
7003
7004@ifset D30V
7005@include c-d30v.texi
7006@end ifset
7007
7008@ifset H8/300
7009@include c-h8300.texi
7010@end ifset
7011
252b5132
RH
7012@ifset HPPA
7013@include c-hppa.texi
7014@end ifset
7015
5b93d8bb
AM
7016@ifset I370
7017@include c-i370.texi
7018@end ifset
7019
252b5132
RH
7020@ifset I80386
7021@include c-i386.texi
7022@end ifset
7023
e3308d0d
JE
7024@ifset I860
7025@include c-i860.texi
7026@end ifset
7027
252b5132
RH
7028@ifset I960
7029@include c-i960.texi
7030@end ifset
7031
9e32ca89
NC
7032@ifset IA64
7033@include c-ia64.texi
7034@end ifset
7035
a40cbfa3
NC
7036@ifset IP2K
7037@include c-ip2k.texi
7038@end ifset
7039
84e94c90
NC
7040@ifset LM32
7041@include c-lm32.texi
7042@end ifset
7043
49f58d10
JB
7044@ifset M32C
7045@include c-m32c.texi
7046@end ifset
7047
ec694b89
NC
7048@ifset M32R
7049@include c-m32r.texi
7050@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7051
7052@ifset M680X0
7053@include c-m68k.texi
7054@end ifset
7055
60bcf0fa
NC
7056@ifset M68HC11
7057@include c-m68hc11.texi
7058@end ifset
7059
01642c12 7060@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7061@include c-microblaze.texi
7062@end ifset
7063
252b5132
RH
7064@ifset MIPS
7065@include c-mips.texi
7066@end ifset
7067
3c3bdf30
NC
7068@ifset MMIX
7069@include c-mmix.texi
7070@end ifset
7071
2469cfa2
NC
7072@ifset MSP430
7073@include c-msp430.texi
7074@end ifset
7075
252b5132
RH
7076@ifset NS32K
7077@include c-ns32k.texi
7078@end ifset
7079
e135f41b
NC
7080@ifset PDP11
7081@include c-pdp11.texi
7082@end ifset
7083
041dd5a9
ILT
7084@ifset PJ
7085@include c-pj.texi
7086@end ifset
7087
418c1742
MG
7088@ifset PPC
7089@include c-ppc.texi
7090@end ifset
7091
046d31c2
NC
7092@ifset RX
7093@include c-rx.texi
7094@end ifset
7095
11c19e16
MS
7096@ifset S390
7097@include c-s390.texi
7098@end ifset
7099
c0157db4
NC
7100@ifset SCORE
7101@include c-score.texi
7102@end ifset
7103
252b5132
RH
7104@ifset SH
7105@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7106@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7107@end ifset
7108
7109@ifset SPARC
7110@include c-sparc.texi
7111@end ifset
7112
39bec121
TW
7113@ifset TIC54X
7114@include c-tic54x.texi
7115@end ifset
7116
40b36596
JM
7117@ifset TIC6X
7118@include c-tic6x.texi
7119@end ifset
7120
aa137e4d
NC
7121@ifset TILEGX
7122@include c-tilegx.texi
7123@end ifset
7124
7125@ifset TILEPRO
7126@include c-tilepro.texi
7127@end ifset
7128
3c9b82ba
NC
7129@ifset Z80
7130@include c-z80.texi
7131@end ifset
7132
252b5132
RH
7133@ifset Z8000
7134@include c-z8k.texi
7135@end ifset
7136
7137@ifset VAX
7138@include c-vax.texi
7139@end ifset
7140
7141@ifset V850
7142@include c-v850.texi
7143@end ifset
7144
e0001a05
NC
7145@ifset XTENSA
7146@include c-xtensa.texi
7147@end ifset
7148
252b5132
RH
7149@ifset GENERIC
7150@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7151@raisesections
7152@end ifset
7153
7154@node Reporting Bugs
7155@chapter Reporting Bugs
7156@cindex bugs in assembler
7157@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7158
a4fb0134 7159Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7160
7161Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7162not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7163entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7164Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7165
7166In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7167information that enables us to fix the bug.
7168
7169@menu
7170* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7171* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7172@end menu
7173
7174@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7175@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7176@cindex bug criteria
7177
7178If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7179
7180@itemize @bullet
7181@cindex fatal signal
7182@cindex assembler crash
7183@cindex crash of assembler
7184@item
7185If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7186@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7187
7188@cindex error on valid input
7189@item
a4fb0134 7190If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7191
7192@cindex invalid input
7193@item
a4fb0134 7194If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7195is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7196be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7197
7198@item
7199If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7200of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7201@end itemize
7202
7203@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7204@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7205@cindex bug reports
7206@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7207
7208A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7209you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7210contact that organization first.
7211
7212You can find contact information for many support companies and
7213individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7214distribution.
7215
ad22bfe8 7216@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7217In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7218to @value{BUGURL}.
7219@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7220
7221The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7222@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7223fact or leave it out, state it!
7224
7225Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7226and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7227name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7228not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7229happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7230perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7231the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7232give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7233and the most helpful.
7234
7235Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7236it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7237that the bug has not been reported previously.
7238
7239Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7240bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7241respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7242You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7243
7244To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7245
7246@itemize @bullet
7247@item
a4fb0134 7248The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7249it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7250
7251Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7252the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7253
7254@item
a4fb0134 7255Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7256
7257@item
7258The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7259version number.
7260
7261@item
a4fb0134 7262What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7263``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7264
7265@item
7266The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7267observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7268all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7269
7270If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7271and then we might not encounter the bug.
7272
7273@item
7274A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7275the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7276high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7277when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7278the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7279file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7280@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7281
7282@item
7283A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7284incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7285
a4fb0134 7286Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7287will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7288notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7289make a mistake.
7290
7291Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7292explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7293@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7294library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7295would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7296would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7297expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7298observations.
7299
7300@item
a4fb0134 7301If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7302diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7303option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7304discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7305by line number.
7306
7307The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7308sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7309@end itemize
7310
7311Here are some things that are not necessary:
7312
7313@itemize @bullet
7314@item
7315A description of the envelope of the bug.
7316
7317Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7318which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7319changes will not affect it.
7320
7321This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7322will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7323with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7324We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7325
7326Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7327of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7328output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7329less time, and so on.
7330
7331However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7332report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7333
7334@item
7335A patch for the bug.
7336
7337A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7338the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7339a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7340to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7341
a4fb0134 7342Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7343construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7344the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7345one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7346
7347And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7348patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7349help us to understand.
7350
7351@item
7352A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7353
7354Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7355things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7356@end itemize
7357
7358@node Acknowledgements
7359@chapter Acknowledgements
7360
653cfe85 7361If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7362it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7363maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7364@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7365the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7366
7367Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7368more details?}
7369
7370Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7371information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7372extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7373
7374K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7375many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7376up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7377testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7378including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7379and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7380support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7381port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7382file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7383assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7384
7385Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7386in format-specific I/O modules.
7387
7388The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7389has done much work with it since.
7390
7391The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7392
7393Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7394
7395The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7396University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7397
7398Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7399(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7400(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7401support a.out format.
7402
7be1c489
AM
7403Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7404tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7405Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7406use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7407targets.
7408
7409John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7410simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7411updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7412fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7413remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7414cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7415required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7416
7417Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
741868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7419added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7420PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7421
653cfe85 7422Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7423
7424Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7425
7426Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7427along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7428formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7429the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7430
7431Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7432Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7433Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7434Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7435and some initial 64-bit support).
7436
c1253627 7437Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7438
252b5132
RH
7439Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7440support for openVMS/Alpha.
7441
39bec121
TW
7442Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7443flavors.
7444
e0001a05 7445David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7446Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7447
252b5132
RH
7448Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7449configuration enhancements.
7450
84e94c90
NC
7451Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7452
252b5132
RH
7453Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7454you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7455want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7456intentionally leaving anyone out.
7457
793c5807
NC
7458@node GNU Free Documentation License
7459@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7460@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7461
370b66a1
CD
7462@node AS Index
7463@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7464
7465@printindex cp
7466
252b5132
RH
7467@bye
7468@c Local Variables:
7469@c fill-column: 79
7470@c End:
This page took 1.012668 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.